






t£uo6/&<WX- 



/ 



.R4 

Copy 1 



WHAT I THINK 



AFTER THINKING, 



BY 



BUDD REEVE, HIMSELF. 



1898, 



PRICE, 50 CENTS. 



\ 



To get It, see page 343. 



0m% 


Wk 








■ : w' ¥ Mi;- ¥ JB' 



I 



4 



BUDD REEVE. 



WHAT I THINK 



AFTER THINKING 



BY 



- 

BUDD REEVE, HIMSELF. 



« 



♦ > » < 



L 61 

1898. 

2nd COPY. 



1898. 



ok> 



CElvk 



LD< 



*s 



<Y 



K 



\' 



560 



Entered According to Act of Congress in the Year lb9> 

BY LOUISE TANNER REEVE. 

In the Offce of the Librarian of Congress at Washington, D. C. 



n~3 




THE PREFACE. 

The pre-face, is a face put on, previous to being 
seen all over. 

Like many other faces, this one is sometimes 
very deceptive and misleading. 

In matrimony, the face put on previous to mar- 
riage, is usually one of smiles, pleasant words and 
attractive personal appearance. 

But to live with, it may be uninteresting and 
disappointing. 

This is true of men as well as women. 

The pre-face of a book has features sometimes 
like trying to i nfluence a witness to testify in the 
author's favor; or like talking to a juryman before 
hearing the evidence. 

The true character of this publication cannot be 
indicated by a pre-face. 

Only reading will tell it — and it will be highly 
gratifying if clear to all after this. 

A verdict in one's favor is always pleasing, but to 
try to influence one in advance, is presuming upon 
the weakness of public opinion. 

The writer is fully aware, without being told, 
that this work is far from perfect. That four times 



4 



as many ideas might be expressed in one-fourth the 
space, but not knowing that even this would insure 
success, the public is invited to an early inspection, 
to see whether farther effort would bring better re- 
ward. 

If more time and thought should be consumed, 
and then the end was failure, it would only add to 
the size of the disaijpointrnent. 

As interesting the public is an experiment that 
only trying can decide, the author hopes to survive 
this effort. 

Buxton, N. D., 26th of February, 1898. 



CHAPTER I. 
THE OBJECT OF LIFE. 

The object of life is the attainment of happiness. 

Happiness, like everything else, depends upon 
and is governed by natural law. 

It depends upon capacity to meet, or subdue want. 

The great problem, constantly on the black board 
of life for solution, is not how to get rid of our wants 
entirely, but how to meet, and subdue them. 

But a single glance at this subject, is sufficient to 
reveal its enormous size and importance. It is so 
large and peculiar, it can only be handled in a lim- 
ited and peculiar way; principally in sections and 
small pieces. It would be impossible to take the 
subject of want all in, and view it on all sides at once, 
or during a life. 

To solve the problem of how to meet and subdue 
our wants, is about like trying to stand on a round 
ball in the middle of an ocean; if the ball could be 
overcome, the ocean could not; so between the two, 
the one trying to stand or balance in this way, would 
be kept unceasingly busy bobbing around both 



above and below the waves. This is the way it is, w 
trying to solve the never ending, ever changing, de- 
mands of want; one minute we are on top, and the 
next, our wants are on top of us. 

The subject of want, is not only an exceedingly 
large and peculiar one, but in many respects a deli- 
cate one to handle. It is not always pleasant or 
safe to approach others on the nature of their wants 
or their capacity to meet them, or even suggest, 
when we know what they want, what they should 
do. And it is equally unpleasant at times, to have 
suggestions made to us about ours. The size and 
peculiar nature of this subject is self evident; while 
want is a state man is constantly in, and contending 
with in some form to meet or subdue, at the same 
time, it is dangerous to over-do the subduing pro- 
cess. 

When a man subdues his wants, or any one else 
does it for him, so they go off and quit coming around 
any more, his occupation is gone, and he has to go 
too; he is permanently broken up. 

When a man gets so he don't want anything, that 
is the end of him, he has to take up a residence in 
another world. He is not allowed to lie around or 
even remain on top of earth without wants. 

This seems rather strange and sad, but it is true, 



just as soon as a man quits calling on friends and 
neighbors, he is dropped out of sight; and the hard- 
est part of it is, he is never sure of getting what he 
wants when around and does call for it. 

Our wants are peculiar and noticeable, principally 
on account of thek size, great variety, and fre- 
quency. The length of time they stay, and how we 
feel before and after meeting them. Some only 
come occasionally, but when once here, stay to the 
end of life; others drop around regularly every day, 
apparently to make friendly calls, but have to be 
subdued before they can be induced to subside. 
They appear mild and gentle enough when they ap- 
proach, but if not soon given attention, they com- 
mence grumbling, and if not promptly waited on, 
they kick, and after this, hit so hard, a good able- 
bodied man can't stand them off or stand up against 
them, only a short time. The best he can do when 
in good health is to hold them down a few hours; 
then they get on top and hold him down till he cries 
enough and gets up and treats them to every thing 
at his command. 

Wants do not always come single handed and 
alone, but sometimes in swarms and droves. Neither 
do they assault only one place at a time, but often 
hit the outside, the inside, the front and rear all at 
once. 



10 

There is one that calls us out of a warm bed in the 
morning to get breakfast. This is no sooner over 
and the dishes washed, than the same thing suggests 
it will be soon time for dinner. This out of the way, 
and the floor swept, and the same persistent thing- 
suggests, "you must be thinking about supper." 
And after Awaiting on it all day, it is ajn actuail fact, 
that it often comes around at bed time, and tries to 
get subdued the fourth time in the same day; and 
would succeed, if there Avas anything at hand with 
Avhich to do it or the doctor had not ordered a fast. 

No wonder life is called a struggle, aa hen every 
live being has a pack of Avants following him like a 
pack of devouring wolves. 

The constitution of the United States, guarantees 
to every man, Avoman and child, "the pursuit of hap- 
piness/' but it does not guarantee that a single one 
will eA r er overtake and capture the smallest part of 
it. 

As everything is made the subject of legislation, 
from the standard of A T alues, to department stores, 
an amendment should be made to the constitution 
of the United States, not only guaranteeing the pur- 
suit of happiness, but the capture of the much run 
after object. 

Here is an opportunity for some enterprising re- 



11 

former to supply a deficiency in the foundation of 
our government that would be appreciated by all. 



CHAPTER II. 

WHAT WANT REALLY IS. 

Want is the motive power that moves the long 
and varied train of life and keeps all in motion. 

We find as passengers on this train, everybody 
and everything. Not only the beggar is here, worry- 
ing himself and others, because he is a beggar, but 
the millionaire is an anxious and troubled passen- 
ger on the train of life, worrying along with gold 
for baggage; worrying about that which he has, and 
about getting more. 

The preacher, the teacher, the dude, the politician, 
the law maker, the law breaker, the sick, the well, 
the pure, the vicious, kings, queens, judges, presi- 
dents; the gay, the sorrowing; the infant drawing 
its first breath and old age drawing its last, are all 
passengers on the long and varied train of life, whirl- 
ing and thundering over the track of time, drawn by 
the never ceasing, ever puffing engine of want. 

There are no stops or stations along this highway; 
passengers stepping from the train of life, do so with 
it running at full speed; with a speed so great, that 



12 

when they step off, they are hurled six feet in the 
ground to stay. Friends groan and moan when they 
see fellow passengers alight, but rush on with the 
flying train, leaving those who quit the journey, to 
be cared for, they know not, whether by imps or 
angels. On it rushes, on it rumbles ; into forests of 
darkness, over swamps of evil, through fields of peril, 
up mountains of labor, into the valley of death, it 
crashes and plunges. 

Notwithstanding its speed and dangers, more get 
on than off; every one seems anxious to take a lim- 
ited ticket on this through flyer. Why? Because 
it has Faith for a head light and Hope for a signal 
behind. 

CHAPTER III. 
NATURAL LAW. 

If happiness is the object of life, and its founda- 
tion is natural law, to attain the greatest of all ob- 
jects, the one that is the light of life, it is necessary 
to look into and study natural law. 

The foundation of natural law is, 

THE NATURE OF NATURE. 

Like everything else, nature is founded on natural 
law. 



18 

Its foundation is the Universal Trinity. 

Nature is a very large Trinity on its own account. 

Its parts are the animate, the inanimate and con- 
scious animate. 

The inanimate embraces the earth, — all that 
grows from, and is deposited in it. 

The animate embraces all living things that move. 

The conscious animate, is that part of nature 
known as MAN. 

This is the crowning part, the part which towers 
above the unthinking, like a lofty mountain above 
the level of a low plain. This part is not only aware 
of its own existence and that of surrounding objects 
but possesses the quality of being able to investigate 
and appropriate the other parts to itself, as well as 
sit in judgment upon itself in so doing. 

It reflects upon the object of its creation, and the 
nature and object of the creator in creating it. 

It possesses a power of weighing things inferior 
and superior, natural and spiritual, finite and in- 
finite. 

The conscious animate, or man part of nature, is 
that quality or principle in nature, through which 
the other parts are made known. 

Through the trinity of nature we trace the trin- 
ity of all other things. All things belong to nature, 
bear its impress and are governed by natural law. 



14 
CHAPTER IV. 
THE UNIVERSAL TRINITY. 

This is the foundation of all foundations, includ- 
ing nature and natural law. 

This is the first and greatest of all subjects. 

This is the reason why all other subjects exist. 

This is the light and power behind life. 

It is impossible for anything to have a beginning 
or an ending without coming from and returning 
back into this Trinity. 

This being the first cause of all, it is the most im- 
portant of all things to look into and study. 

THE UNIVERSAL TRINITY 

is founded on the infinite and universal principle 
that the union of two different bodies or substances 
create a third, the nature of the third being like the 
two united. 

It is also a law of the universal trinity, that all 
things have parentage. 

It is also a law of the universal trinity, that every- 
thing is a trinity in nature, because it springs from 
a trinity. 



15 

THE FAMILY CIRCLE IS A TRINITY. 

Its members are the father, the mother and the off- 
spring. Without these parts united, it is not a per- 
fect family circle, it is only a part of a circle ; to be 
a complete circle, it must be a trinity. 

MAX IS A COMPOUND TRINITY^. 

In nature, he is earthly, animal and spiritual; 
moral, mental and physical. 

His beginning is a trinity and his ending is a trin- 
ity. He comes forth, through inception, concep- 
tion and birth, and passes away through infancy, 
manhood and old age. 

TIME IS A TRINITY. 

Its parts are the past, the present and the future. 

As the union of two different bodies or conditions 
create a third, the third being like the two united, if 
a man unites himself with the Prince of Light, the 
fruit of the union is good. If with the Prince of 
Darkness, the fruit of the union is evil, and the spirit 
of evil is manifested instead of that of goodness. 

"By their fruits ye shall know them." 

"For of thorns men do not gather figs, nor of bram- 
ble bushes gather they grapes." 



m 

Never was natural law more clearly recognised 
and taught than by the Holy Saviour. 

He taught that a union with good produces good 
fruit, and with evil, evil fruit. This is natural law 
in the purest and simplest form. The fruit of any 
union is a trinity, but in nature, it may be exactly 
opposite. 

It makes a vast difference with what we unite, and 
what unites with us. 

Here is where good judgment and good sense, are 
of superlative value. 

Success in life, depends upon being a judge of 
proper unions; happiness and misery are embraced 
in this, which is true of matrimony, politics, relig- 
ion, business and friends. 

That with which we unite has an influence and 
affects us either for good or bad; hence the impor- 
tance of wise unions. 

CHAPTER V. 

THE KEY TO THE FRONT DOOR. 

Please look at this key and see where it belongs. 
It is the key to the front, not the back door. 
The front door is the proper entrance to a house; 
all intelligent people go there and press the button 



17 

on the outside, if there is one, then wait for those 
on the inside to do the rest. 

NOTICE. 

Do not pound at the back end of the house, but 
ring the bell in front. The back door is bolted on 
the inside, the windows are fastened down and the 
domestic is out making calls. Your humble servant 
is in charge of the front door to-day, walk in, have 
a seat, and if you please, let us look over and talk 
over, the general arrangement of the great mansion 
in which we find ourselves. 

Natural law, is the key to the front door of all 
knowledge and all development. Therefore, the 
study of nature is the only way to unlock the order 
of creation, gain knowledge and make advancement. 

Nature held sway as the only teacher, long cen- 
turies before the printing press and books existed, 
and it will continue to hold sway long centuries 
after they are forgotten and gone. 

The study of nature, is like the study of music, 
after learning one part on its key-board, it is not so 
hard to get the second, and so on. Everything 
grows easier and clearer through study and prac- 
tice. 



18 

CHAPTEB VI. 
MY EXPERIENCE WITH MUSIC. 

I am not a musician or even a small part of one. 
I took up the violin when a boy, but was not long 
in becoming convinced that the world and all the 
neighbors would be just as happy and well off if I 
laid it down again. 

I caught the musical fever from hearing a neigh- 
bor boy play "Old Dan Tucker." This was the only 
piece he pretended to, or could play, but to me, it 
was wonderful and delightful. 

He said it was very easy to master the violin, and 
a very pleasant business to carry on after once mas- 
tered. Taking his word for it, I walked twelve miles 
in the mud and purchased what was represented as 
a very fine instrument. A complete outfit was" tri- 
umphantly secured and carried home for four dol- 
lars. The bow cost one dollar and fifty cents, and 
the main instrument with strings, keys, bridge, 
sounding post and tail piece thrown in, cost two dol- 
lars and fifty cents. 

Every one who saw it, and especially after hear- 
ing it, said the bow was a great bargain, but that 
two dollars and fifty cents in good money was alto- 
gether too much for the main piece of furniture — 
notwithstanding the free trimmings. 



19 

The only one in the neighborhood to go to for in- 
struction, was the boy who played "Old Dan Tucker?' 
It was a mile over marshes and through woods to 
reach this musical genius, but no time was lost in 
getting to him. 

He strung up my prize instrument, tuned it, and 
rozined my new bow. He did not play by note; he 
said notes were only intended for those who did not 
know enough to play without them. That where 
one had talent of his own, notes were only in the 
way. He played by what he called "rote." 

He showed me just how many times to draw the 
bow on an open string; which string to draw it on; 
Avhich finger to put down first and Avhere to put it, 
and so on, till he had shown me every move to make 
from start to finish. I still regarded him with won- 
der and admiration. This instruction pertained 
solely and alone to playing "Old Dan Tucker," it 
could not be transferred and used any where else, 
or for any other purpose. 

Then we commenced; and "Old Dan Tucker" never 
got a worse tuckering on earth than we gave him be- 
fore letting up. We tuckered away for hours. At 
the end of this first lesson and effort, the perspiration 
poured off me, like a plantation slave picking cot- 
ton under a hot sun. 



20 

My instructor was full of high ambition and pride; 
he wanted me to learn to play, what he called a "full 
tune" the first time I took up an instrument. He 
wanted it for two reasons. He said it would be a 
good advertisement for him as a teacher, as well as 
a fine showing for my talent ; that if I could do this, 
it would "surprise and delight the old folks at home," 
and they would be more willing to have me practice, 
in the house; that they would buy all necessary fid- 
dle strings, thinking that some day I might be a 
great player. He spoke from experience and wanted 
to steer me clear of breakers, as he was driven to the 
barn to enjoy his talent. I fully agreed with him, 
then we sawed away more enthusiastically than ever 
on Old Dan Tucker. 

When ready to go, after my first lesson and effort, 
he pronounced me in every way a promising and 
satisfactory pupil; in fact, up to his idea of what a 
beginner should be. Before leaving, he went all 
over my new instrument to see that it was in perfect 
tune; he put more rozin on my new bow, and started 
me off in the best possible condition to "surprise and 
delight the old folks at home." 

But before reaching home, I fell down, and some 
of the keps slipped; all plans vanished. I could not 
tune a violin any more than I could fiv. 80 I imme- 



diately returned to get my instructor to go home 
with me and take his own sweet instrument along. 
My efforts were successful. 

When every thing was pronounced in order, we 
started in to "surprise and delight the old folks." 
We succeeded in surprising them, but they did not 
say a word about being delighted. 

Before leaving me alone again, in possession of a 
neAv instrument, he gave me very complete instruc- 
tions about keeping it. I suppose the best way 
to keep it, was not to put a chattel mortgage on it. 
But this was not what he wished to tell me. He said 
the violin was a very delicate as well as a very sweet 
instrument; that it could not be exposed to heat or 
cold without showing it, any more than a delicate 
girl could sleep with her feet out of a window in a 
cold room without getting cold, and making her feel 
out of tune next day — in short unstrung — That it 
should be kept dry, but not allowed to hang too di- 
rectly over a red hot cook stove. That it improved 
by age and use; that in reality, where one was able, 
it should be put in a silk bag and kept in a box, but 
not the wood-box behind the stove. 

He cautioned me very particularly about painting 
and varnishing too often; I committed all he said to 
memory and not having a silk bag or any particular 



22 

kind of box, wrapped it in one of my best shirts and 
laid it carefulh away in a large trunk all by itself. 

After he had gone, I asked my mother how she 
was impressed with my instructor; she said all the 
players she had ever seen or heard, took hold of the 
lower end of the bow, instead of grasping it with the 
full hand in the middle; that they did not stamp 
their feet hard enough to break a hole in a barn floor, 
or spit on the keys to make them stick. 

This did not indicate to me, however, which style 
she liked best, that of my instructor, or those she had 
heard and seen previously. 

The next night, bright and early, I went to take 
a second lesson; or rather put in the second night on 
the first. We sawed away on the same old tune till 
tired out. 

My instructor said he was not old enough to know 
whether age improved the violin or not, but if there 
was anything in use doing it, we would have two of 
the best fiddles in the United States inside of six 
months. It is not bragging, if I do say it myself, 
never did instructor and pupil work harder to suc- 
ceed. I was proud of him, and he was the first one 
who ever seemed perfectly bound up in me; after 
about a year of constant practice on this one piece, 
by not allowing our minds to wander and get off on 



23 

any thing else, we had, "Old Dan Tucker," down to 
what we both agreed was a "fine point." 

I could make every flourish and quirk just when 
he did, and as he did, inculding time-keeping with 
both feet. We were like two pulleys on one shaft 
run by the same belt. We were Siamese twins in 
music, joined together by fiddle-strings instead of a 
string of flesh. 

After becoming master of "Old Dan Tucker," he 
surprised me one day by saying, "I have caught an- 
other tune." 

"Where and how did you catch it?" I asked. 

He had such perfect confidence in me, he would 
tell me where he caught every thing. He had been 
to a country dance, and while looking perfectly nat- 
ural and not showing any signs on the surf ace,, that 
anything unusual or important was going on inside 
of his head, he memorized one of the player's best 
pieces through his ear, without seeing it with his 
eyes, and brought it all home with him in his mind 
in perfect order. 

The name of this piece was, "O Jennie My Toes Are 
Sore." 

I thought I should go wild when I heard it; it was 
different from "Old Dan Tucker." It had tweedle 
dums and tweedle dees all through and over it. It 



24 

had a high part and a low part, and he put in a large 
number of variations, which I supposed at the time 
were regular parts of the "new tune," but found out 
later, were his own improvisations. 

I had become such an ape at imitating him, we 
played this piece together in a surprisingly short 
time. All he had to do, was make a motion, and I 
duplicated it. If he scratched his head, I scratched 
mine. If he swung on a high limb or head down in 
the cage, I did the same. Whatever string he sawed 
or fingered, I sawed and fingered exactly the same. 
Whatever gesture he made, I repeated it, and felt 
in so doing, that I was reflecting the highest perfec- 
tion. 

We were so pleased and delighted in beiug able 
to play what he called "two tunes," we looked for a 
third; and in addition to "Old Dan Tucker" and "O 
Jennie My Toes Are Sore," we captured "The Cam- 
els Are Coming"; then "Haste to the Wedding-*; then 
"The Soldier's Joy." Things came so easy and fast 
uow, the first thing we knew, we were playing "The 
Devil's Dream," "Fisher's Hornpipe" and "Money 
Musk," at country dances; and unwinding "The 
Grand Opera Reel," under his interpretation and 
leadership. 

He finally became master of such a master mind, 



that he could stand on the outside of a hall with his 
ear to the key hole, and carry away a whole night's 
program without being detected or suspected of any- 
thing wrong. He might be crammed full of new 
pieces taken in through his ear at a key hole and 
walk off perfectly sober and natural without stag- 
gering, so great was his capacity and self posses- 
sion. 

As before stated, after getting the first piece, it 
is not so hard to get the second, and so on. Every- 
thing grows easier through study and practice, 
whether it is following a country boy's fingers on a 
violin to learn "Old Dan Tucker/' or devling into the 
depths of nature to find the key to the front door of 
knowledge and development. 

After getting the first and simplest piece on na- 
ture's key board, although it may be imperfect, if 
perseverance and labor are continued, it opens the 
way to the second, which acts as a light to enable 
the first to be seen more clearly, and so on, to the 
third, until one finds himself going on and on, 
through numberless worlds or wandering like an 
exile on the shores of time in boundless space. 

It is impossible to tell what my life might have 
been, had my instructor lived. He was taken away 
young. The last time I saw him, he was on a spir- 



26 

ited horse going to play for a country dance in the 
winter of 1863. He had his violin in a grain sack, 
tied around iris neck, hanging down his back. 

A young man, a soldier in the army w^ho had been 
in a hospital sick had been given a furlough to come 
home to recruit his health. Friends had made a 
dancing party to cheer him up by celebrating his re- 
turn, and my instructor was invited to furnish the 
music. He was then on his way, he said, to tangle 
the country girls up in a dizzy waltz and make a sick 
soldier feel like returning to the army to be shot at 
for his country. 

I met him at a road crosing, called "Millers Cor- 
ners." Where two roads crossed and are still cross- 
ing each other on Stihvell prairie, in Le Porte Coun- 
ty, State of Indiana. 

In the center of these roads stood a post covered 
with guide boards pointing the way to different 
points. One board pointed west, and said, so many 
miles to "Door Village and Valparaiso"; another 
pointed East to "Lemon's Bridge and Plymouth"; 
one pointed North to "La Porte," and one south to 
"Kingsbury and Union Mills." 

I met him here on my way home from school, I 
was then principal of the "Bald Hill Seminary," and 
as much as I admired my old instructor and loved 



music I could not take one minute from this institu- 
tion of learning, for I had to study night and day to 
keep ahead of the big classes, so they would not 
catch up and run over me in arithmetic, or some 
other common branch, or I might have gone with 
him. 

OUR PATHS PARTED HERE FOREVER 

It turned out, that the young man home from the 
army to recruit his health, had been exposed to small- 
pox, and my instructor picked that up instead of any 
more new tunes, and the result was, it forced him to 
lay down his violin and take up a harp. 

To say this change made mie sad and lonesome does 
not express it. The charms of the violin vanished 
and I never felt prepared to accept a harp. 

The first thing I did was to get vaccinated and try 
to find consolation in a few such pieces as "Lily 
Dale," "The Last Rose of Summer," and "Home 
Sweet Home." But it was without comfort; lightning 
had struck so near my door, all desire for music was 
taken away. I read in the Bible where it said, "Two 
women shall be grinding together; the one shall be 
taken and the other left." "There shall be two 
men in one bed." "Two men shall be in the field; 
the one shall be taken and the other left." How 



28 

clearly all this scripture came to me, only in my case 
two fiddlers were sawing on fiddles. 

Being left without a live instructor, I got what is 
called an "Instruction Book", to see what could be 
gotten out of that; but was just as my lamented in- 
structor told me, "only in the way". 

All I could make out of it, or see in it, was a lot of 
characters and figures that looked like so many pot- 
hooks and little rings, painted black and hung out on 
a wire fence to dry. Still, I knew this could not be 
so, for they were so terribly dry when I looked 
at or went near them, they puckered me up all over. 

At the end of these lines were a lot of figures 
standing on top of each other, marked 2-4, 3-4, 4-4 
and 6-4 time. 

These were altogether more and different kinds of 
time, than I knew about, or had ever had any ex- 
perience with, and it was impossible to get up the 
slightest interest in these odd, dry, strange charac- 
ters and dull numbers. What I wanted, was a good 
time, such as I had been in the habit of having with 
a real live instructor. Not finding this in the book, 
the violin was given up; I still have two, but for 
years they have remained as mute as the stone over 
my departed instructor's head. 



29 

CHAPTER VII: 

THE FOUNDATION OF MUSIC AND ALL 
OTHEK THINGS. 

It was impossible to get an idea of the theory or 
foundation of music, until after finding the key to 
the front door; after this, not only the theory and 
foundation of music, but many other things were dis- 
covered. 

For years, I pounded at the back door, not know- 
ing the key to the front was in plain sight. The fact 
is, I did not know the key when I saw it, and really 
did not know where to look for the front door. The 
most I knew was something was wanted and wanted 
badly, and not knowing where or how to get it, I 
stood and pounded at the back door something like 
a half century, without the slightest response or 
recognition from the inside. 

No one even lifted the curtain at the back window 
to peep out to see who was there. About the same 
sights and conditions prevail around the back door 
of creation, and the same opportunities are afforded 
to see the inside of the great mansion and its beauti- 
ful appointments, as are found anywhere, by looking 
at the outside of the back side wall of a structure 
to sec its interior. The most found and seen around 



30 

back doors, are drowsy bugs and spiders that enter- 
tain themselves crawling up and down without 
knowing anything about or appreciating that "which 
is within. 

After pounding at the back door, until white with 
age, I went around to the front and tried something 
that was thought might be the key to the front door, 
and it flew open instantly; and here we are, in the 
most magnificent and wonderful of all mansions, 
planned and constructed by the Supreme Architect 
of the Universe. Now that we are here, let us look 
at its many charms and wonders, and gather all pos- 
sible in reference to its appointments. Everything 
in existence, or that has been, is here, and bears the 
impress and likeness of the foundation walls. 

Everything turned out in creation bears the stamp 
of the Creator. ( 

The great Creator puts his name ^nd brand on all 
He creates, the same as any first class manufacturer. 

Everything turned out is not marked God's best, 
but everything turned out is marked, God's work. 
The quality of which is shown by its character. 

To make everything clear and the way easy, the 
trinity of creation must at all times be kept in view. 

The nature and object of the Creator, must be 
judged, from the use and effect of His creations. 



The effect of the creation furnishes a classification 
for that which is created as well as a fac-similie of 
the Maker's signature. The Great Creator, has a 
great many styles and ways of signing His name. 

We say everything in existence, or that has been, 
is stamped with the outlines and bears the likeness 
of the foundation walls of the universe. 

How do we know this? 

We find it stamped on the key to the front door, 
and photographed on every part of the great man- 
sion. 

How do we know we have the key to the front door 
of creation, of all knowledge and all development? 

We know it, because all creation, all knowledge 
and all development tell us so. 

The law by which knowledge is obtained is as 
fixed and well known as any other law of nature. 

The first step in acquiring knowledge is to decide 
upon a principle or plan on which to labor or direct 
investigation to determine certain results. Fram- 
ing the plan, or fixing the line, on which to investi- 
gate is called 

A THEOKY. 

Like everything else, a theory must be based upon 
natural law, have a promoter and an object for pro- 
motion. 



32 

After deciding upon the plan or theory on which to 
direct investigation, which is experimenting before 
the theory is proven to be true, the next step is to 
labor to prove the correctness of the theory by prac- 
tical use and demonstration, 

WHICH IS CALLED PEACTICE. 

Theory and practice go together, and are one and 
inseparable. Theory is the plan upon which prac- 
tice is conducted, and practice is the proof of the 
correctness of the theory. 

Without a theory shows in practice to be in har- 
mony with natural principles and founded upon nat- 
ural law, it is a false theory and cannot be followed; 
for natural law is the only foundation on which any 
structure can stand or be maintained. 

So much for theory and practice, which is the 
foundation of knowledge. Knowledge commences 
in experiment and ends in acceptance or rejection, 
according to the decision of practice, under natural 
law. 

In studying natural law, or the nature of nature, 
the first step is to look for the theory or plan on 
which nature is founded; find its foundation and 
support; after this, its use and object. 

Nature is based upon and governed by natural 



33 

law, the same as everything else, and its foundation 
is fixed and knowable. To prove the correctness of 
this theory, let us look at the base on which nature 
stands; if this base cannot be clearly presented, an 
imagintry one can, too strong and perfect for human 
power to dispute or tear down. 

Proof consists in showing the harmony or relation 
between different parts and conditions; to do this, 
some condition or part must be positively known 
and agreed upon by all. 

In surveying, everything is run from what is call- 
ed a "base line." It is called a "base line," because 
all surveys are based upon this one certain line es- 
tablished by the government. 

The location of this line, is not so material, as the 
fact, that it is fixed and absolutely at rest for a base. 
If the base moves, everything resting upon it moves 
in proportion, if not destroyed entirely. 

If we say the northeast quarter of section num- 
bered twenty-five, in township numbered one hun- 
dred forty-eight, north of range numbered fifty-one 
west of the fifth principal meridian, we mean a par- 
ticular point or piece of land established by meas- 
urements from the "base line." The "base line" is 
the foundation of this and all other descriptions, 
great or small. It is easy to locate a starting point. 



34 

but to determine the ownership and name of every 
resident on each description, would be an endless 
task; although every description is based upon and 
hangs upon the one "base line." 

NATURE AND NATURAL LAW, 
rest upon two base lines of equal size and length, 
parallel to each other. It takes two to locate and 
support nature and natural law, they are so much 
larger and more complicated than everything else. 

The base lines upon which nature, the Universe, 
and all things in creation rest, are fixed and immov- 
able beyond the power of even the Supreme Archi- 
tect, to vary or depart from in the slightest degree. 

God Himself, and all worlds, are anchored to and 
suspended from, these lines. 

From these base lines the Supreme Architect, 
makes all measurements, draws all plans, bases all 
work and calculations ; and everything brought forth 
bears their impress and likeness. 

Here is the commencement of all things; the end 
of all things; the foundation of all things. Work 
to be enduring and perfect must be in harmony with 
and on these lines; if not, it is out of order and can- 
not stand. The name of one of these lines is 

TIME, 
the other 
SPACE. 



35 

Neither of these have ever moved, expanded or 
contracted, and never will. Both are stationary, 
without beginning or end; beyond comprehension 
but ever present. 

Neither are effected by changes or conditions. 
The clock may stop ticking, it is nothing to Time. If 
the sun should turn to darkness and the moon to 
blood ; if every planet, every world, every star ; every- 
thing in creation ; should drop into oblivion, it would 
be no more to Time and Space, than the bursting of 
a soap bubble in the hands of a happy child in a sum- 
mer sun. 

The changes that take place and the work that 
goes on in the presence of these Great Ancestors, are 
without end; but they have no more effect on these 
base lines of creation, than a grass hopper would 
have in trying to imbalance the world, by bearing a 
little heavier on one of its crooked legs than the 
other. 

Every breath we draw and move we make are in 
the presence of these unknown and unknowable con- 
ditions; conditions which make a deep impression 
upon us while we never make any on them. 

We come, develop, change and go forth in their 
presence; they neither smile or shed a tear. 

Foundations and base lines would be useless with- 
out something to rest upon them. 



m 

We now approach the greatest and grandest of 
all subjects, the fountain head of nature, the well 
spring of creation, the soul and light of the Uni- 
verse. 

Let us linger here long enough to draw one breath 
and behold for one moment the sublimity presented 
from this lofty summit. Then with new and in- 
spired hope, let us toil on to fill the place assigned 
to us as the conscious animate part of nature. Let 
us rejoice that we are able to survey creation from 
the highest of pinnacles, and as we do so, that we 
are grasping the key to the front door. 

We ask again, how do we know this is the key? 

We know it, because all creation, all knowledge 
and all development tell us so. In addition to this, 
the key we are grasping, will not fit any where 
else; so it must be the key to the great front door of 
creation, knowledge and development. It is the 
only key that unlocks the door leading to the pinna- 
cle towering above all others, the only place where 
we can get a clear and perfect view of our surround- 
ings, so it must be the key. 

It is a principle of nature and natural law, that 
the union of two different substances or conditions 
create a third, the nature of which is like the two 
united. 



37 

it is also true, that the term father implies off- 
spring. It is also true, that the term father implies 
mother, as well as offspring; it being, absolutely im- 
possible for spirit, man, or beast, to become a father 
or be an offspring, without the reciprocating and cor- 
responding mother. 

The family circle being a trinity, the naming of 
any member of which, implies others, the principle 
that the union of two different bodies create a third 
is as straight and unswerving as an arrow in nature, 
whether aimed at the head of the Universe or a blind 
insect. 

Time is spoken of as 

"FATHER TIME." 

Where then is the implied mother and offspring? 
There is but one thing opposite to, and correspond- 
ing to time, in nature, and that is 

SPACE. 

As like begets like, the union of Eternal Time and 
Eternal Space, must be the ancestors of 

ETERNAL LIFE. 

Here we have the Universal Trinity, and the birth 
of creation resting upon natural law. 



38 

This is the Trinity of Trinities, the family circle 
of creation; the great Koyal Family, from which all 
others spring. 

The proof in support of this theory is, it is impos- 
sible to conceive of life being in advance of time and 
space, or coevil Avith them. 

The farther proof is, this theory stands the test of 
investigation, and not only harmonizes with all nat- 
ural law, but proves itself to be the foundation of 
nature and natural law. 

Time is the only father who never dies: and space 
is his consort and only equal. 

As it is natural for that which is produced, to par- 
take of the nature of that which produces it, every- 
thing in existence bears the impress and is gov- 
erned by the first, original and eternal ancestors; it 
would be impossible to be otherwise. 

Time and Space being in advance of all things, 
greater than all things, and the parents of all things, 
naturally predominate and impress their character- 
istics on all things, including life. Life is an infant 
of diminutive size compared to its ancestors Time 
and Space. 

Life is a condition, evolved from and dependent 
upon other conditions. Time and space arc not; 
they are conditions that exist regardless of other 



39 

conditions. They create conditions and are not sub- 
ject to conditions or changes. 

They are the supreme parents before whom every- 
thing bows, even life eternal. 

If all things bearing the impress of life were 
heaped in a pile, it would not go as far towards lin- 
ing time and space, as a peck of dust scattered over 
the earth, would go towards darkening the sun; 
everything is great or small by comparison. 

All actions and operations are based upon some 
known or supposed condition. The highest possi- 
ble work man can engage in, is in promoting condi- 
tions or discovering conditions that will promote 
knowledge and happiness. Without knowing con- 
ditions, or some theory, on which to meet these ends, 
all labor and actions are in the dark and may be 
only movements of ignorance. 

The concentrated mind of man and the wisdom of 
all ages, have not, and cannot, conceive of anything 
higher than the Universal power that creates and 
governs all things. 

The nature and disposition of man is to inquire 
into conditions that govern him. If not interested 
or engaged in this he is not tending to the highest 
ends and aims of life. 

It makes no difference where the start is made, or 



40 

the direction taken, in tracing the chain and nature 
of creation; investigation can be conducted just as 
well by going down as up; the chain of creation con- 
nects in all directions, otherwise it could not be a 
complete and perfect chain; the important end is to 
be able to follow the chain to correct and clear con- 
clusions. 

Start at the bottom and go clear up, or start at the 
top and come clear down, requires equally great 
knowledge or science, and development is complete 
in either direction. 

Studying God, to find out man, or studying man, 
to find out God, is one and the same subject. To 
know the relation of one, is to know the other; man 
is just as far from having himself located, as he is 
his Maker; and he cannot correctly locate one with- 
out properly placing the other. 

If man could answer in reference to where he 
came from, what he is, and where going, he would 
know the design of the Great Designer; to determine 
this, some study man, and some study God. Some 
commence at the bottom and go up and some com- 
mence at the top and come dowm. But whatever 
direction is taken the chain is unending. 

When we say the object of life is the attainment 
of happiness, the door is open to every subject per- 



41 

raining to life above and below; its beginning, its 
end, its support, its development. And last of all, 
its object which is the great and crowning part. 

If the object is happiness, there mnst be harmony. 
Perfect harmony means the agreement of all parts; 
if all parts were perfect. but one, there would not 
be perfect harmony, consequently to be perfect, all 
parts must be understood and united. 

Whose life and happiness are we talking about? 
Man's. 

Who is man? We say he is the conscious ani- 
mate part of nature, bearing the impress and image 
of his Maker. 

Who is his Maker? The author and founder of 
Nature and natural law. 

Who is this author and founder? The Trinity of 
Universal Creation. 

What trinity is this? Eternal Time the Father of 
all things; Eternal Space, the Mother of all things, 
and Eternal Life, the offspring of these great orig- 
inal ancestors. 

What is there that has always existed besides 
time and space? Not anything. 

What is known about time and space? Only that 
which is re\ealed through the birth of life. 

From what time is time computed? From the 
birth of life. 



42 

Can life come into existence without parentage? 
No, it can only come forth by being born. 

Where does life come from? It comes from a 
germ or seed planted and developed through time 
and space the same as all other things. 

How many kinds of life are there? Two; transi- 
tory and eternal. 

What is transitory life? That which is transient 
or limited by time. 

What is eternal life? That which survives and 
rises above conditions and changes of time. 

How is eternal life attained? Through nature 
and natural law; through conception with eternity; 
by entering into and passing a sufficient amount of 
eternity to be born into life eternal. 

Can anything but eternity give birth to eternal 
life? No. Like begets like; only eternity can beget 
eternity, the same as light begets iight and darkness 
darkness. Only the trinity of the God Head can im- 
part light and life ever lasting. Only the Eternal 
Father Time and the Eternal Mother Space, can con- 
ceive and give birth to Eternal Life. 

What is death? One of the natural changes of 
time. It is the end of transitory existence and con- 
ception with eternity. 

Where does conception with eternity take place? 



43 

In the earth and with the earth, where all seed has to 
be deposited, to develop into life, either transitory 
or eternal, here the original elements of nature come 
together. 

What is the resurrection of life? It is life born 
into eternity from the earth. There is but one en- 
trance to eternity, that is at the end of transitory 
life, through the door called death, leading into the 
earth. Death means conception in the womb of 
eternity. To gain eternal life, man must be con- 
ceived, formed and born through the eternal parents. 

How long must a man remain in eternity before 
being born to eternal life? The natural theory 
would be, he would have to remain there the length 
of time it took mother space from her first conception 
with father time till the birth of her first born into 
eternal life. 

How long was this? 

Only the two eternal ancestors know or can an- 
swer; it may be a secret between them, which even 
the spirit of eternal life cannot tell. It may have 
been millions of centuries; it may have been billions, 
it may have been trillions; it makes no difference; 
Father Time and Mother Space, had all eternity be- 
fore them in which to make love; all eternity before 
them, in which to anticipate the coming glory of 



44 

Eternal Life; of eternal fatherhood and eternal 
motherhood; and there was all eternity to inherit. 

What were a few million centuries more or less in 
tins case? Nothing. 

What is it in life to come? Nothing. 

What great, grand and magnificent ancestors are 
these; and what an heir is Eternal Life. What 
mighty affection; what unending lore. 

Never did mother have such generous lap on which 
to hold an infant, as Mother Space. Never did giant 
have such arms to toss a. new born babe, as Father 
Time. And what a beautiful child is the child 
Eternal Life. Its smile lights the eternal heavens; 
its voice is eternal wisdom and harmony; its breath 
perpetual incense. It can breathe upon dust and 
make it conscious ; call it forth in its own image and 
likeness. Wonderful, wonderful child. 

It has planets for rattle boxes, and sun, moon and 
stars to bespangle its playhouse. 

When Mother Space pressed this infinite jewel 
to her bosom, her tears of joy formed the oceans. 
When Father Time beheld this precious heir and 
heard eternal silence broken by its cry, a wellspring 
of affection flowed from his heart and formed the 
rivers and dews ; rivers and dews which still sparkle 
and dance in the sunshine of eternal smiles; rivers 



45 

and dews that will go on sparkling and smiling with 
gladness forever. 

What is the nature and character of this heir of 
eternity? It inherits the nature and estate of its 
eternal ancestors; it could not inherit anything else. 

Its nature is to occupy, enjoy, and improve time 
and space. 

The spirit of eternal life is perfectly balanced and 
could not be otherwise. Being the offspring of two 
infinite perfections it inherits perfection; only per- 
fection can inherit eternal life. 

It is impossible for anything in creation to get 
away from the exact center, or be out of balance with 
eternal time. Everything and all things are bal- 
anced exactly, between two eternities; the eternal 
past and the eternal future. It is the same way with 
eternal space, it is equally large in all directions, so 
that the point of existence is always in its exact cen- 
ter. 

The point of meeting and conception in time and 
space is in the exact center of both, and this point 
is beyond infinite power to remove or displace. So 
the fruit of the union between these perfectly bal- 
anced ancestors, is an equipoise and perfection in 
eternal life. 

Eternal Life must be perfect, because it comes 



46 

from two -absolutely perfect and infinite sources. 
Eternal Life is the birth of perfection from perfec- 
tion; it has to be perfect, in order to be eternal — 
this is why it is eternal — being eternal, is proof of 
its perfection. 

The equipoise found in and evolved from the an- 
cestors of Eternal Life, is the foundation of perfect 
wisdom, perfect love, perfect harmony, and perfect 
everything else, spiritual and natural. Its pres- 
ence being universal, it is reflected in all things and 
is the standard by which all things are measured 
from the L T niversal Trinity down. 

The equipoise found in and evolved from the an- 
cestors of Eternal Life, being found everywhere and 
in everything, is the foundation and cause of man's 
inborn consciousness of right and wrong; of perfec- 
tion and imperfection, and of a Supreme power over 
him. 

As man springs from an eternal source, it is the 
most natural of all things that he should turn 
towards and look into eternity, the source from 
which he came and must go. That he should have 
an inborn desire, to study it, is nature and natural 
law. 

Eternal Life, having Eternal Time and Space for 
ancestors, and all eternity for inheritance, and its 
natural nature being to develop its inherited nature 



47 

and possession, is why the greatest strength, wis- 
dom and perfection, is in the direction of eternal de- 
velopment. It is eternity working to preserve and 
keep up eternal order, and its own advancement. 

The ancestors of creation being the authors and 
founders of all things, including nature and Eternal 
Life, the greatest desire and highest aim of life, is 
to be in harmony with and continue with time in 
space. Or it might be said, time and space being 
great creative powers, they are constantly striving 
to increase and spread eternal life that they may be 
loved and appreciated, and like dutiful offspring, life 
reciprocates by constantly striving to enter into the 
joys of its ancestors. 

The increase and spread of life, both transitory 
and eternal, is the great force back of nature, all cre- 
ations, all worlds, all nations, individuals and ad- 
vancement. This increase and spread with all parts 
bearing and being dependent upon each other, forms 
the endless chain of existence. 

By following the trinity of nature, everything har- 
monizes from the Creator down to the smallest atom 
in creation. Through this trinity, light and gran- 
deur are shed upon everything. Looking at the 
God Head through this trinity, is not the invention 
of a weak and idle brain but the unfoldment of the 



48 

fixed and unalterable union between Time and 
Space; the greatest and oldest of all unions and an- 
cestors. 

It is not a theory of presumption, it is not one of 
irreverance, it is not speculation calculated to lead 
from old and beaten paths to dangerous ground, or 
bring the Supreme Being below the Supremest of 
the Supreme to view creation in this light. 

By looking at the God Head, through the trinity of 
nature and natural law, the most profound love and 
admiration is awakened for the Author of all things. 
For this view makes all things supremely grand and 
infinitely infinite. 

By looking at the God Head, through the trinity 
of nature and nature law, eternal time and eternal 
space, which are beyond the power of infinity to 
grasp and fill, are not only found to be present and 
tangible attributes of a living God, but are reduced 
to the fineness of a single breath, and not only found 
to exist in everything from man to mollusks, but to 
be a part of everything. Everything finite and in- 
finite blend through the trinity of nature. 

Life can be called intelligence evolved. from time 
and space. If this is not an intelligent definition, it 
is for lack of intelligence to make it more so. 

Through the trinity of nature and natural law, a 



49 

foundation is found upon which to build from earth 
to heaven. Through this trinity a foundation is 
found on which to build, that is clear, while the 
work to be done and the ends to be reached are far 
beyond comprehension. The trinity of nature and 
natural law, furnish a road to follow and a way to 
follow it, while the grand end and fair object are far 
beyond the vision. 

We follow this road, because its straightness 
and smoothness inspire confidence in its direction; 
it is a great and magnificent highway, run by a Sur- 
veyor Who knew His business Avhen He laid it out, 
and knows it still. 

By following this highway developments are 
brought out that otherwise could not be developed. 
By this light the Bible can be clearly read and in- 
terpreted. 

CHAPTER VIII. 

HOW THE BIBLE IS BEAD AND INTERPRET- 

ED THROUGH THE TRINITY OF NATURAL 

LAW. 

"And God said, Let us make man in Our image, 
after Our likeness:" Gen. I, 26. 

It would seem from these plurals which God rec- 
ognized in speaking, that more than one was present 



50 

in consultation on the subject of making man; and 
that more than one was to be considered as to the 
form in which he should be made and whose image 
and likeness he should bear. 

WHO IS "US" AND WHO IS "OUR*? 

These plurals are highly important and divinely 
significant. This is not a proposition at a town 
meeting, it is not a plan being discussed in a bar 
room or at a card ta.ble ais to the affairs and im- 
portance of man. 

The spirit of Eternal Life is here speaking. 

Who is it speaking to? 

It is certainly not addressing man, for man is not 
yet made, and is not present. The Eternal Spirit is 
not talking to the dust, for it has not yet been mould- 
ed and made a living soul. 

The Universal Trinity, and natural law, tell to 
whom the spirit is talking. After centuries and 
ages have passed, man is still here, thinking and de- 
liberating on the subject of himself; who he is, 
where he came from, where he is going, why he 
happened to be mam, and what Ood's image is. 

The language of the Bible shows clearly that, be- 
fore man was made, there was a consultation, and 
that there were thoughts and suggestions, for the 



51 

spirit of Eternal Life says, "Let us make man in Our 
image, after Our likeness." 

In using these plurals "Us" and "Our," it seems to 
be suggesting and asking for a privilege to do a cer- 
tain work in a certain way. Who else was present 
equal to, and greater in power than the spirit? 

This is answered by looking at the exact situation 
and work under consideration. 

The Trinity of Trinities, the Great Eoyal Family 
of the Universe, and all creation, are in a cabinet 
meeting, deliberating and deciding upon a plan to 
perpetuate eternal grandeur, glory and happiness; 
and at this cabinet meeting, with all members pres- 
ent, it is officially decided, to raise up the dust of the 
earth and endow it with consciousness, wisdom and 
eternal life, to give eternal thanks and sing eternal 
praises as being a work worthy of an eternal God 
and the greatest of all things. 

At this royal cabinet meeting, where it was de- 
cided to turn the inanimate elements of nature, into 
a living soul, to sing eternal praises, the Spirit of all 
Spirits, was the ruling Spirit then as now; but be- 
ing only an infant compared with the other members 
of the cabinet circle, it did not forget to honor and 
reverence its great ancestors, Father Time and Moth- 
er Space; and it said "Let us make man in Our im- 
age after Our likeness." 



52 

When it said "Us" and "Our," it spoke in the name 
of the Trinity, not as a single member of it. 

This cannot be an idle theory; for it would be just 
as easy for the Eternal Spirit to talk with time and 
space understanding^, as it would be to mould dust 
into the form of man and make it a living, conscious 
soul by breathing into it the breath of life and then 
talking to that which had been made. 

"MALE AND FEMALE CREATED HE THEM.'' 

Here another point is brought out through the 
trinity of nature. Woman is just as much in God's 
image as man, and is here for the same reason God 
Himself is here; she is here because Father Time 
without Mother Space would be a failure and in 
eternal darkness. 

Without Mother Space, Father Time would not 
haye any place to show off his sun, moon and stars; 
any place for the earth or any of the planets. 

Without Mother Space, Father Time would be a 
lonesome, gray-headed, childless old bachelor, sit- 
ting in darkness; no one would know any thing about 
Him or care anything about him; he would be just a 
common, plain every day old rock, sitting on top of a 
oig rock pile in excruciating silence. 

But by haying the great, good, grand Mother of 



53 

creation, to hold up and show off to God's angels 
aud men, on the end of her little finger all his works, 
without making her little finger tired, Father Time 
makes a grand display, and is of immense impor- 
tance; but he owes all to Mother Space, and does all 
ais, showing and shining off through her; take her 
away, and he would sink out of sight into insignifi- 
cance. She is his equal under all circumstances, 
<md in every particular. He can never make half 
atars enough to cover her bosom. She now wears 
the sun for a small sized collar button and the moon 
for an ornament in her back hair. 

SHE IS A LOVELY AND BEAUTIFUL GOD- 
DESS 

just the one and the only one fit to be the mother of 
Eternal Life. When we look at her it is not strange 
the breezes should waft to this Mother of Creation 
sweet perfume. It is not strange the lakes should 
wear lillies on their spotless bosoms in her honor; 
it is not strange the mountains should rise up and 
call her blessed; it is not strange that verdure should 
carpet the valleys to meet her smiles; that the earth 
should yield her gold and precious treasures, and 
that man should love and adore her. 

The female is neither a freak or an accident, she 



54 

is one of the base lines of creation, one of the great 
original ancestors; she is one in her own right, not 
by way of inheritance or matrimony. 

At the cabinet meeting, when it was proposed to 
make man, the spirit of Eternal Life did not forget 
to honor its mother. • 

It said, "Let us make man in Our image after Our 
likeness." This meant a full likeness of the whole 
family of creation. 

"Honor thy father and thy mother; that thy days 
may be long upon the land which the Lord thy God 
giveth thee." 

The Eternal Spirit kept this command to the very 
letter when it said "Us" and "Our." It thought of 
Mother Space as well as Father Time. 

The light of mother's face was the source of its 
own life and light; it never could have spoken with- 
out it. Space is the female part of the God Head; 
without it there could be no God or creation. With- 
out woman man would not be in God's image, he 
would only be in a part of it; infinite space and the 
way to fill it would be entirely left out. 

Without the female, it would not make any differ- 
ence in whose image man was made, whether that 
of God or a wild orang-outang; nobody would ever 
see or hear anything about him but God, and he 



55 

could not keep or have him around long; he would 
soon die off and be out of the way without the female 
to perpetuate and keep him alive and growing. 

When the Eternal Spirit said, "Let us make man 
in Our image after Our Likeness/' it meant a com- 
plete and perfect image, not a side view of one bar- 
ren feature. To be in God's image, man must be 
made to grow and fill time and space. To grow, he 
must be male and female so he can grow, for neither 
can grow alone. Eternal Time, Eternal Space and 
the Spirit of Eternal life, must be represented to 
make the full and perfect likeness. 

The female represents eternal space in the Grand 
Trinity, the male represents eternal time and the 
spirit of man represents the fruit of this eternal 
union. 

God gave in part his image to all things; beasts, 
birds, fishes, insects and plants are created male 
and female; but man alone he honored with the full 
likeness, to him he gave the spirit and Eternal Life. 

The male alone is only a part of man, the female 
alone is only a part of man, the two united possess- 
ing the spirit of God is man; any one of these parts 
lacking breaks the likeness. 

Truly nature is the key to the front door of crea- 
tion, of all knowledge and all development. 



56 
CHAPTER IX. 

A VIEW FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE CELLAR 
LOOKING DOWN. 

In looking over a mansion of any kind, it is very 
pleasant to get up in the cupola and look at the 
great variety of things around it. And as it is im- 
possible to look anywhere, without looking into 
space, we are constantly gazing at wonderful things 
above us. We see clouds come and go; see them 
turn into forms that resemble birds, animals and 
human beings, then fade from view. 

I have lain on my back for hours in a hay field up 
in the cupola of thought and looked at floating 
clouds; I have traced in them forms of all kinds; I 
could see in these fleecy travelers swimming in the 
air bears, lions, elephants, monkeys; angels with 
wings and without; men on horseback, in chariots, 
behind flying steeds, and on foot wearing armor. I 
could see ships sailing on great oceans with .high 
masts and sails; mammoth buildings with tall stee- 
ples, and all kinds of birds. As I watched these 
cloud forms come and go, I wondered if they were 
not all beings that had lived or been on earth some 
time, and if I would not walk around up in the sky 
like them in time to come; and from up there look 



57 

down and see people working, while I was clear up 
out of the way having a good time. Where, if 
called or wanted to work, I could disappear in the 
face of sunbeams, like these unhampered clouds 
and smile a cheerful good bye ; go where I could give 
thanks that I was no longer a granger boy on earth 
going around bare footed among bumble bees and 
rattle snakes, raking up hay for cows to chew on 
Avith only a half a set of front teeth. 

I was usually very much exhausted after one of 
these thoughtful dreams, and to recover would go to 
sleep on a hay cock, where my father would find me 
and wake me up with a pitchfork. 

My part in haying, was to take a hand rake and 
follow after the wagon when being loaded and rake 
up all that a careless pitcher failed to gather with 
his fork and all that a careless loader let fall back 
on to the ground from the wagon; and it always 
seemed to me when raking, that the pitcher and 
loader were both unreasonably slovenly, just be- 
cause they had me to impose on. 

When the wagon went to the barn to be unloaded, 
I was left behind to rake the ground over and over, 
as it was feared, some stray spear of marsh grass 
might be in hiding that had escaped my searching 
rake in its first rounds. It was between the periods 



58 

of unloading and the return of the wagon, when left 
behind to search for lost spears of marsh grass, on 
my father's marsh meadow, that I would be taken 
with wakeful dreams in broad daylight. 

There is no end to the variety of thoughts that fill 

the brain in a full sized marsh meadow dream. 
When clouds appeared in human form, I wondered if 
they were not departed spirits trying to greet me. 
When the sun pierced them as they moved along, it 
looked like a door opening where all was bright and 
beautiful beyond, and I imagined I could see hands 
beckoning me to leave my hard dry raking and come 
and join them, where all was play and no work. 
Then I wondered what they all did up there, and 
how they disposed of all the time; if they ever slept, 
or if any one scolded them for making a noise or be- 
ing out late nights ; if they could see people on earth 
and knew what we were doing here. Then I won- 
dered how one feels when dying, and what the first 
thing will be that will be seen and recognized in the 
great beyond. 

Thoughts like these rolled through my mind with- 
out end. It is impossible to tell or account for all 
that fills the brain in an out door seance with na- 
ture. 

If possible, we would never do anything but stay 



59 

up in the cupola on the great mansion of thought, 
with pleasant company, and look through space into 
the heavens. We would live here, and bathe in 
beautiful sun sets; and dress by the bright light of 
morning; we would live here, and admire the lofty 
mountains of reflection and the sparkling waters of 
silvery imagination; the rich valleys and beautiful 
landscapes of meditation; we would live here on the 
odors of flowers, and listen to the music of sweet 
singing birds, but it is not possible, we must get 
down on the earth and go to work; the wagon is re- 
turning for another load of marsh grass, and the 
raker must be up raking — that is why he is sup- 
poised to be here. 

It spoils the appetite for common labor entirely 
and makes an aspiring youth decidedly indifferent 
towards marsh grass to lie on his back and look into 
space and dream with open eyes. 

When he gets up, he feels as though he had walked 
a long distance to see a managerie and could not get 
in; as though he did not have money enough to buy 
a ticket and was caught trying to crawl under the 
tent. The song of the cricket, the buzz of the idle 
fly, the bite of the blood thirsty mosquito and the 
Qotes of the crow, are all more common place and 
monotonous than ever after a dream without sleep. 



60 

As the public and I never met in the hayfield be- 
fore, and may never meet here again, it may not be 
out of place to say something of this particular spot ; 
so every one is cordially invited to linger here a short 
time and look at matters of interest on the marsh 
meadows, and take in a few of the prominent and in- 
teresting features of putting up marsh grass. 

The wagon is now here being loaded and I am 
raking and thinking, and thinking and raking — not 
dreaming. 

To the east is a field called the "Ten Acre Lot" ; in 
this lot there are three trees. One is a large "shag 
bark" hickory; it is called "shag bark" because it 
has long shaggy bark on it like a wet dog. Its bark- 
peals up and off in large shaggy strips when pulled 
upon. The other two trees are "pig nut" hickories. 
They are called this, because the nuts on them are 
so bitter only pigs will eat them — they are not fit for 
other folks. 

To the southwest is a field of corn, unusually tall 
and extra green. In one of the "pig nut" trees, that 
stands near the edge of the marsh meadow, sits a 
large white breasted hawk looking at me rake; it 
seems to be inspecting my work. After a long and 
careful inspection it shakes its feathers and sails 
away as gracefully as a cloud, and as it rises with an 



61 

air of independence and freedom, it seems to say, 
"You don't amount to anything, see me; I can fly, 
you must stay here and work." 

The insinuating manner of this bird is very de- 
pressing. It is felt as keenly as any insult, and the 
rake seems to draw harder than ever through the 
grass. The hawk is right, I see myself without 
wings or feathers, and as I stand surveying my con- 
dition, the holes in my pantaloons seem to grow un- 
der my gaze. But I do not stand long till reminded 
that the searching rake must be kept moving. 

There is something about new mown hay different 
from anything else; it not only starts a copious flow 
of perspiration to get it, but by smelling sweet, it 
awakens tender thoughts and passions and arouses 
serious thoughts. 

Haying is .different from any other harvest; cut- 
ting ripe grain, husking ripe corn, harvesting ripe 
potatoes, picking ripe huckle berries, never impresses 
one in any such a way, as cutting green grass. 

There is something about grass tenderly tender; 
some way it seems to resemble and be akin to child- 
hood; all other harvests are left to ripen and live 
their days out before being gathered, but to make 
hay, grass is cut down while green and still grow- 
ing; it is cut down when standing up straight and 



(y2 

fresh in the morning of life; it is wilted by noon, and 
in a few short honrs is laid in the mow T for mules 
and other beasts to chew on; it is cut in its bloom, 
and like childhood fades and goes. 

There is but one childhood, that is the fresh and 
blooming period of life; the tender and vivid part; 
the green grass period preceding manhood; the parr 
that never forgets and is never forgotten. 

Every child remembers its first serious thought, 
its first real grief. 

Being small, not very thick or long, grief goes 
through a child easier and quicker, and makes a 
deeper impression on its young nature than on an 
old, tough, thick-skinned, full grown sinner. 

Just why this marsh meadow made such a deep 
impression on my youthful nature is hard to say. 
Some times I think the smell of the marsh had some- 
thing to do with it; that comes to me now. There 
were rank weeds around its edge and wild ducks 
and wild musk rats had their nests out in the middle 
of it. It was really a marsh full of strange things 
and dangers; as well as hard work and exciting- 
scenes; perhaps this is the reason it impressed me so 
and impresses me still. Whatever the cause may 
be, this particular spot holds its full share of my 
earlv life and recollections. 



63 

In raking here a bumble bees' nest would be 
stirred up every few feet; perhaps these bumbles 
had something to do with impressing me; I am quite 
sure at times they did; for they often made impres- 
sions that took a week to cure. 

The bees here, seemed to be particularly nervous 
andeaisily excited when raking around them; when 
they became unreasonably angry at my presence 
and rake, I let them have the field all to themselves; 
I never stood to dispute or contest rights and never 
returned without a special invitation or strict or- 
ders to do so. 

My father was neither a rich man nor a fool; he 
was purely a self made man ; this is the most he ever 
did make. After getting his experience and educa- 
tion together, be did not have time to get rich. 

He brought me up principally on corn bread and 
self made philosophy ; the corn he raised and sent me 
to mill with it after it was shelled, and the philoso- 
phy he invented and brought out as needed for home 
consumption and family use. 

Being a philosopher he had perfect confidence in 
himself to do this. He succeeded far enough to live 
on a farm and bring up a family ; but the family had 
to work to make his philosophy work. 

My mother was his second wife. This does not 



64 

mean, he had two wives at the same time. He mar- 
ried my mother just as soon as he made up his mind 
to take a second wife, and as soon as she made up 
her mind to take him. 

He was a better judge of women than how to make 
money. Such cases are very common. When a 
woman strikes a ease of this kind, she usually dis- 
plays some philosophy herself, and declares she mar- 
ried for love, and not money. This is where her 
head is as level as a bass ball park ; and by sticking 
to it, she makes her friends happy if she is not her- 
self. 

Being a philosopher, my father concluded to 
let the second crop of children, of which my mother 
was mother, grow up on such educational food as 
he could invent and furnish at home, and as they 
could see to take in at night by the aid of a tallow 
candle. 

These educational advantages were anything but 
pleasing to my mother; she had been an old fash- 
ioned country school teacher in Herkimer County, 
New York, and thought she saw in me not only signs 
of dullness and stupidity, but well defined symptoms 
of indifference under a straight diet of home made 
philosophy. My future looked to her dark and 
alarming, and she wanted me sent to some school, or 



65 

have some kind of philosophy introduced, that would 
wake me up. 

There is but one general remedy for waking up 
boys at home, and every boy knows what this is 
without being told ; the most of them only take about 
so much of it, then leave the remedy and the place 
where administered, behind. 

There are a great many times when people would 
like to talk and express opinions if they could only 
afford it; but not being a millionaire, father was 
very cautious about indulging in the luxury of too 
many opinions, or rebelling against circumstances, 
as he feared he might not have enough to live on to 
carry on a rebellion; and that he might have to ca- 
pitulate for want of food. 

He would have been more than pleased to have 
pleased my mother on the subject of education, but 
his circumstances were so much larger than his 
means to control them, he passed her the corn bread 
and said, "Apples that get ripe in August never 
keep over winter." 

This seemed to arouse rather than please her. 

"Do you think a boy seventeen years old who can 
scarcely read and write is an August apple?" she 
asked. She was quite sure she had some ideas on 
the subject of early and late fruit, and what time 



66 

frost usually came in Indiana. She was certain 
August had past in my case, and that October was 
approaching. 

Father passed her the corn bread again, and with 
it, helped her to an extra large lump of home made 
philosophy. He was a great observer of nature and 
a firm believer in natural law. 

He said, "Fill two casks with water good and full 
and head them up good and tight, then have a black- 
smith put iron hoops around both good and wide; 
place one over the fire where it can heat hot enough, 
and the other out in the cold where it can freeze 
solid enough, and the heat will burst one and the 
frost the othe.r; no power on earth can prevent this 
result, under the force and operation of natural 
law. Nature can neither be penned up, locked up, 
bound up or headed up when it asserts itself; when 
it comes to nature, all the blacksmiths and school 
teachers must stand aside." 

He said it was the same way with education, if 
there was anything in a boy's head it would find its 
way out, if not, it was useless to buy hooks to fish in 
a pond where there were no fish. That she could 
not put hoops around my head to keep the ideas from 
coming out if nature had planted them there; neith- 
er could she sow seed enough to raise one, if there 



67 

was not soil in which seed could grow; and that as 
far as he was concerned, he did not propose to lay- 
awake nights and worry about my future, that I 
would have to rely on what nature had done, or 
might do, in connection with my own efforts. 

He said he believed, some one had discovered 
in educational matters, that, "Where there is a will 
there is a way." 

She thanked him very kindly for his self -satisfy- 
ing and never failing supply of philosophy when 
there was nothing else on hand, and asked him to 
pass the plain bread without any philosophy with 
it. 

When alone, I asked mother how father's views 
on education agreed with hers, and she said, they 
made her feel very gloomy. Not on account of not 
being able to send me away to school, but she was 
afraid, under the operation of natural law, if it 
should turu out that my head happened to have any 
ideas in it, as soon as these long looked for and much 
desired things came in contact with natural forces; 
extreme heat or extreme cold, that the operation 
might be the same as on the iron bound casks; 
burst my head wide open; and she might find me 
dead in bed some morning from this cause. 

She hoped natural forces would not get to forcing 



my brain in the night, when every one in the house 
was asleep sc a vent could not be put in, in time to 
save me 

The only way I could console her, was by calling 
her attention to the difference between fruit and 
nuts; that some nuts had to be frozen before they 
would grow; that if she would put me down for a 
"tuff nut," instead of an August apple, she would 
have me located about right. 

Father was a very courageous man, where the 
chances were anywhere near even. His disposition 
was all sunshine, without the fog was so thick the 
sun could not shine through it. 

The weather in Indiana, a half mile south of Mil- 
ler's cross roads, as I remember it, was good, fair, 
average weather, excepting in "dog days"; then all 
the dogs and every one else had to look for a place 
to keep from becoming grease spots. 

It was during one of these depressing dog day 
periods, that we were on the marsh meadow, mak- 
ing marsh hay from marsh grass. This particular 
individual day now under consideration, was such a 
hot one, it was necessary to dress entirely for com- 
fort and not style. 

My father was the last man on earth to ape for- 
eign style or foreigners in any way. But on this 



69 

particular dog day, he observed the importance of 
harmonizing time and space in arranging his farm 
toilet. He did this, by putting his suspenders on 
first, and his shirt a quarter of a minute later. The. 
object of this style was, to let the air circulate under 
his shirt instead of outside of it — that is if any air 
happen to start up and make a motion to circulate a 
little ways. This observance of time and space in 
his dress, removed all obstructions in his pantaloon 
legs and left them to draw like two chimneys ; there- 
by carrying the breezes from the ground clear up 
to his hat band. On the theory of natural law, he 
figured that as the air grew warm under his shirt 
from the heat of his body, it would naturally arise, 
and the cool air would rush up his trousers from be- 
low to take the place of it, and in this way he would 
have a delightful breeze passing over him all the 
time. 

This was a custom he had never indulged in before, 
and said he would not now, only that it was an ex- 
traordinary occasion. He did not believe in luxury 
only when there was necessity for it; in this instance 
the weather had demanded the style before he 
adopted it. He did not believe in forcing himself 
on to anybody or anything without an invitation — 
not even the weather. He was a firm believer in 
time and space, and a great lover of harmony. 



70 

After enjoying the luxury of this time and space 
style in his dress for a while, he said he was not sure 
the Chinaman was such a fool and heathen after 
all; that: he undoubtedly had profound ideas on the 
subject of time and space, for he could see by putting 
his suspenders on just ahead of his shirt it was won- 
derfully comfortable and changed the arrangement 
of everything. That style, general appearance, cir- 
culation of air, in fact, the entire custom of a country 
was revolutionized by this slight observance. 

There was one thing, however, he said, he could 
not account for or see through, and that was, when 
the weather changed and turned cold, why the Chi- 
naman did not change the time and space in his dress 
to correspond with the elements around him, and 
close up the cold air draft in his pantaloon legs by 
putting his suspenders on last. 

The load was about ready to leave the marsh 
meadow, and I was just beginning to feel myself 
coming down with a fresh open air dream of un- 
usual strength. A dream had started in on me like 
this; "I wonder where we will all be next year at 
this time — wonder if I will be here with this old 
rake in my hand raking hay"? 

Here my dream was cut short by seeing father 
jump and make a quick motion; it was a bee; not a 



71 

political bee, in his head, but a large yellow un- 
tamed bumble bee with a ferociously striped tail on 
the back of his neck. 

As before stated, he was a very courageous man 
where the chances were any where even. His nat- 
ural disposition was to keep cool and not get excited 
over trifles; it was a hot day, and he took this for 
an occasion to practice his philosophy and display 
true courage for the benefit of his boys then working 
to get an education and marsh hay for the winter. 

He would have come out all right if there had only 
been one bee or a reasonable number, but an unusu- 
al and unreasonable number were against him; so he 
did not hesitate in such an emergency to use his hat 
violent/y and vehemently; he struck right and left, 
up and down, around and over. 

He was standing his ground nobly, and to show 
his coolness in battle like an Indian brave smoking 
his pipe when being executed, he smiled and pleas- 
antly remarked, "St. James says, He that is merry 
let him sing psalms" ; and with this, he commenced 
humming a full grown Camp Meeting Psalm. 

HE WAS BETTEE AT SIXGING THAN PRAY- 
ING. 

More bumbles now enlisted till the war was over 
and commenced humming a loud tune, too. He 



i'l 

stood them off nobly, and his hum could be heard 
above them all, till he happened to step on a fresh 
nest. Seeing him dressed like a Chinaman, the 
fresh recruits surrounded him like a cloud and 
seemed to attack him with double fury. He always 
declared afterwards, that they saw the opportunity 
in the arrangement of his clothes, and took advant- 
age of it. After this, he had a high regard for the 
intelligence of the bee as weU as its industry. 

Not being accustomed to fight in a uniform put on 
expressly to keep cool, and to illustrate time and 
space to his boys, a bee got under his shirt. With- 
out thinking, he stopped to get it out ; each busy bee 
now improved each shining moment, with true de- 
termination to keep busy, and they assaulted his 
breast works with a force that carried them by 
storm. It was the first time he was ever knoAvn to 
run. Notwithstanding they made it so hot he had 
to drop his psalm and sing another tune, he kept his 
head like a true general and philosopher. 

All his philosophy wa,s based upon mathematics 
as well as natural law. He was a natural born 
mathematician and retreated from this engagement 
under exact mathematical calculation. 

He figured that one dozen bees, inside of his out- 
side space, could not be as hot as six dozen large 



73 

healthy ones in the same place. That if he stopped 
and exposed himself on the field of battle in the pres- 
ence of the attacking enemy, to get the one dozen 
out, the prospects then before him were sufficient 
to warrant the belief, that seventy-five dozen more 
would get in; this would put him against seventy- 
six dozen net. By subtracting one dozen from 
seventy -six dozen, providing he was successful in 
getting the one dozen out, seventy-five dozen would 
still remain. 

With this array of figures in favor of retreat, 
he held his shirt down with both hands to keep the 
space under it from growing any larger, and made a 
bee line due southwest, for the tall corn; making 
time and covering space with his legs, of which no 
live man could feel ashamed; and he did it, without 
stopping himself till far enough into the corn to be 
safe; until he had put space enough between him- 
self and the live bees, to be out of danger. Under 
the circumstances, he regarded this as common 
sense, not cowardice. 

When found, he was examining his condition and 
taking an inventory of what he had left. 

The inventory showed as follows: 

One pair of farm boots. 

One pair of pantaloons. 

One leather suspender. 



74 

About one-half of one farm shirt, which he was 
then holding quite high with his left hand and ex- 
amining very carefully with his right hand and 
both eyes to see if it was free from bees' nests. 

His face looked as though he had had a severe 
case of measles, and his body was as spotted as that 
of a circus pony kept for a clown to ride in street 
parades. 

It was very delicate and trying to meet a sire un- 
der circumstances like this; it would be dangerous 
to laugh and do no good to help swear. As father 
never instructed his family in anything but home 
made philosophy and natural law, that is all we had 
to comfort him with on this occasion; and with this, 
his own favorite doctrine and remedy for all things, 
great care had to be used in administering it not to 
make him worse. 

I told him it was very painful to know a lot of 
worthless bees had made him change his tune and 
had ruined his time and space dress; but under the 
circumstances, his conduct was noble and justifiable. 
That not one man in ten thousand would have stood 
as long as he did, and if the family name was ever 
heard of or pickled down in history it would be 
through him. 

Then I turned on a small dose of plain natural 



75 

law to cool him off and let him know I was trying 
to improve under his teaching and make the most of 
my educational advantages. I told him I had 
learned a lesson, that might be quite painful and a 
trifle humiliating to him, but would be of ever last- 
ing benefit to me. That from practical demonstra- 
tion, I could see, that the fruit of the union between 
a man and a large number of bumble bees, or even 
one small half grown young bee, was a trinity, that 
at all times and under all circumstances I should 
never fool with, but would keep as far from as pos- 
sible. That never before did I see so clearly the 
law of compensation, that one man's loss is another's 
gain. That he could trust me to appreciate and 
profit by what had just taken place, if not with his 
pocket book; and what I had learned about time and 
space was invaluable. 

SOME PEOPLE ARE ASHAMED OF THEIR 

BIRTH PLACE. 

They try to cover up their early life and surround- 
ings and never refer to them with pride or pleas- 
ure. They have to come from some particular 
place, be in some particular place, and have some 
particular thing, to consider themselves respectable 



76 

or be even half way contented. This is a weakness, 
a positive deficiency in character. 

Natural law, properly understood, takes away all 
false notions and false pride in reference to life. 

Studied and followed it makes true men and phil- 
osophers out of common people ; makes noble women, 
and promotes happiness under the most trying cir- 
cumstances. 

One part of the world is just as great and impor- 
tant as another and the work of creation is just as 
wonderful and instructive in a gnat's heel, or the 
business end of a large wild bee, as in a King's head 
or a King's possessions. 

Where one falls in love with nature as a grand 
whole, instead of looking at it through some small 
object or unpleasant light, life is interesting and 
beautiful under all circumstances; looked at through 
the trinity of nature, bee stings turn to smiles and 
tears to sunshine; and that which once seemed com- 
monplace and hard, returns >as interesting experi- 
ence or fond remembrance. 

It would be pleasant to linger here and review 
the happy hours of dog days on the marsh meadow 
longer. It would be pleasant to sit up in the cupola 
of thought, and look into space, and contemplate the 
changes of time; but we must come down and turn 



1 1 

from these pleasant places and go to the cellar and 
take a view from the bottom of that looking down- 
wards. Here is the most important place of all to 
look at and examine the great mansion. 

To find out what a house-keeper is, go down cellar; 
that tells the story. If shelves are covered Avith 
mold, if decayed vegetables are lying around and 
things generally untidy, put it down as poor house- 
keeping as well as doctor's bills to pay. 

If everything is neat and clean; sweet butter, 
sweet cream, and good food behind screen doors 
away from flies and mice, there is a jewel at the head 
of the house; if the cellar is in order the balance of 
the house is sure to be. 

To know how a house is built, go down cellar and 
look at its foundation walls ; if it is without a cellar, 
then the structure must be on top of the ground and 
cannot be perfect in all its parts; the test of all 
things is looking below the surface. 

The foundation walls of the mansion we are in, 
viewed from the cellar, are perfect in thickness, 
length and depth, and exactly true in every way. 
Not a line or angle is imperfect. See of what imper- 
ishable material they are made, material that will 
not only last a life time, but forever; worlds upon 
worlds can be piled upon these walls without mak- 



7b 

ing the slightest impression on them. The man- 
sion of creation will never be a failure on account 
of its foundation walls giving away. 

Is not this view from the bottom of the cellar 
looking downward grand? You caainot see through 
it, can you? 

That is what you were brought here to see; to 
see that you cannot see through it. As time pro- 
gresses, you may be able to see farther into it, but 
never clear through it. 

A bottom to a cellar that could be seen through, 
would not be a bottom at all, much less furnish a 
foundation to build upon; never have a bottom to a 
cellar that you can see through, or that any one else 
can. 

In building, the foundation is the first thing to 
consider; getting this part, is the dry est and hardest, 
but most important. Day after day you work cov- 
ered with dirt digging out dirt; you toil carrying 
imperishable material such as mortar, brick and 
stone; you pay thousands of dollars to others to la- 
bor. For what? To build a structure on a founda- 
tion that will stand the test of time. Is this it? 
It is. In building, time and space must be consid- 
ered. To make it stand a long time, it must be 
built with reference to this end. To cover these 



79 

points alone," is why it is necessary to dig and carry 
imperishable material. 

It is strange how long it has taken the plainest 
and simplest ideas to get into my head. The sim- 
ple laws of nature are just becoming clear. 
Any one, but a stupid man like myself, would com- 
prehend the plainest things without taking so long 
to see through them. Now that I have waited a 
long time and looked a long time, I can see the na- 
ture of time, and that the imperishable material is 
for the purpose of enduring against it. No one could 
afford to build a new house every day. If they 
could, they would be constantly building and al- 
ways live out of doors for want of a cover. 

Now, I am obliged to ask another question. 1 
might as well confess and tell the truth first as last, 
building is a business I have just taken up. 

Why is that great big hole dug under the house? 

That is a cellar. The hole alone is not a cellar, it 
is to make one when properly finished; then it is one 
of the most valuable and important features about 
the structure. The cellar is space made necessary 
to build a foundation to stand against time. It is 
the female part of the house. 

It is impossible to get a perfect foundation with- 
out the female is properly and fully represented. 



80 

After getting a perfect foundation through the 
medium of space, it must be preserved through time 
to make the structure in all respects valuable. 

To get a perfect foundation, sufficient space must 
be taken and preserved, to place the structure on an 
equilibrium. This is not purchased at the hardware 
store or lumber yard; it can only be obtained by rec- 
ognizing and consulting the ancestors of creation. 
An equilibrium in building, is harmony between 
time and space under the house. This is a condition 
indispensable to a perfect structure. Without time 
and space are in love and harmony under your house 
it is terribly out of order, and should be torn down 
or repaired, and these two all important parts made 
to agree. When time and space do not agree under 
and throughout a structure, they are worse than a 
yard full of fighting cats. 

An equilibrium under a house means, space that 
cannot be affected by the changes of lime. It 
means, that it should be below frost in winter and 
heat in summer, so things stored in it will have an 
even temperature through continuous time, not only 
part of the time but all of the time. 

An equilibrium under a house means, if the walls 
are properly constructed, they will be perfect in 
every particular; that they will not only support the 



SI 

weight of the building but preserve the temperature 
under it; an equilibrium can only be gained through, 
a perfect foundation. A perfect foundation can 
only be gained through walls that will stand the 
test of time; walls that stand this test, must bear a 
perfect relation to mother space, or she will give 
them away. She will let things freeze in winter and 
spoil in summer; she will let the house get out of 
plumb, lop sided and crooked. 

Father time can not fool or disagree with mother 
space in the slightest particular and have her re- 
spect him or keep it secret; she is as truthful as the 
most holy, and speaks plainly to angels as well as 
men. She treats all alike and requires all to be true 
to her. An equilibrium is the test of a perfect foun- 
dation, and it cnnot exist without harmony between 
time and space. It can only exist when the two 
great ancestors sit hand in hand hugging and kiss- 
ing each other; wherever this is the condition, you 
have a miniature likeness of the parents and regu- 
lators of all things temporal and eternal. 

Putting up a structure of any kind, simply repre- 
sents time and space; and it does not make any dif- 
ference whether it is a dog kennel or a marble hall. 
The walls from the bottom of the cellar up, repre- 
sent time, and the rooms space. What else could 



»2 

they represent? What kind of a room would it be 
.without space? A flea could not live without it. 
The walls represent the length of time the building- 
will stand and that the space can be occupied. The 
length of time they will stand is one test of their 
value ; the arrangement of the space within them is 
the second test. 

Such instruments as the square, the level, the 
plumb bob and the compass, are all necessary to lay 
a perfect foundation. But we have not come to the 
cellar to take a view looking downwards to study 
these instruments, we have come here to study the 
principles and foundation on which these instru- 
ments are founded and rest. 

WHICH ARE TIME AND SPACE. 

These are the foundation of all foundations. It is 
necessary to know something about the ancestors 
of all things, before being able to understand or ap 1 
predate the offspring of any thing. 

This chapter will be closed by asking a few simple 
questions. 

Where are cellars built? , On the earth and in the 
earth, not up in the air or sky. This is very impor- 
tant to know, cellars are built in the earth and on the 
earth. Particular, attention is called to this fact, 



83 

for the reason, there are a whole lot of chapters 
coming on the earth, and it is important to have the 
cellar in the right place and its use and location un- 
derstood. 

Who builds cellars and then looks at the bottom 
of them? Man. 

Who is man? The conscious animate part of na- 
ture. 

CHAPTER X. 

THE CONSCIOUS-ANIMATE PART OF NA- 
TURE. 

As previously stated, in presenting nature and 
natural law, it is immaterial where the start is made, 
what part is presented first, or direction taken. 
Whether you go down and come up, or go up and 
come down, everything is wrapped in the principle 
of the trinity. 

Ths is the compass, the guiding star, the "pillar of 
cloud by day" and "the pillar of fire by night" over 
the pathway of investigation. It points the way 
and furnishes the light by which to investigate; by 
following this, the key to the mansion is found. 

The navigator keeps a steadfast eye on the com- 
pass; over rolling billows on a boundless ocean, 



84 

through darkness, out of sight of everything but 
stars above and deep waters below he risks and 
guides all by a magnetic needle. 

Earthquakes may sink cities and floods may cover 
the lands, but the needle points to where they were 
or should be. By this, London City or the desert 
wild can be located. 

The trinity is the compass in the ship of life; by 
keeping a steadfast eye on this, every bark great 
and small can be safely guided to the desired har- 
bor. 

All parts of nature point to the same glorious 
heights and join in harmony as a grand whole. All 
parts must be united to form the guide, one part 
alone is not sufficient. 

Any one who can play "Old Dan Tucker," and this 
only, if done understanding the principles of Time 
and Space, on which this, and all other exercises in 
harmony are founded and written, they can apply 
the knowledge acquired practicing on "Old Dan," 
to any other piece of music, in so far as a knowledge 
of Time and Space has been acquired practicing on 
this. 

But, if they can only saw off, pound off, blow off, 
or scream off "Old Dan," as parrots, without know- 
ing or having any idea of the principle or foundation 



85 

of music, they are no more on the road to progress 
and intelligent development, than a six year old 
male calf bellowing in the middle of a flower garden 
is advancing towards a position on the stage as an 
opera singer, and receiving boquets before he starts. 

Why? Because, they know nothing of the trin- 
ity of music, or any other trinity. If they did, they 
would know about this. 

Nature and natural law, are the foundation of 
music. Music is harmony between Time and Space. 
My instructor died before finding this out and left 
me to wander alone over the face of the earth till 
gray before getting acquainted with it. 

I supposed music was some special gift or mys- 
tery wrapped up in some particular fingers or head; 
but through the trinity of creation the foundation 
of music and all other things are found. For this 
knowledge, I take off my hat, and bow most pro- 
foundly before nature and natural law. 

The principle upon which music is founded, when 
understood is more grand and enjoyable than music 
itself. The execution of music is only the develop- 
ment and illustration of the principle upon which it 
rests. 

There are many lovers of harmony who cannot 
play a musical instrument, music is no greater or 



86 

grander than any other harmony in Time and Space, 
only as it appeals more directly and pleasantly to the 
ear and heart. 

If so much can be gotten out of the violin on four 
small strings, that one small human being can hold 
under the chin and play with four fingers and a bow, 
what must be the oTer-powering harmony of Eternal 
Time and Eternal Space in the hands of God and 
all the angels? 

No wonder all dreams of heaven are filled with 
music. 

The compass is not used to find out how many 
gallons of water there are in the ocean, but to tell 
what course to take on it. This is the use of the 
Trinity. From this, we get our course and bearings 
on the ocean of life; we use this, because it is the 
natural compass, and because all measurements 
must be made from a "base line. 7 ' 

In music, the base line is "A, natural''; from this, 
the voice and all instruments are tuned, no matter 
what the key or part, it is measured from "A nat- 
ural" down, or up. 

Man is a natural being, and cannot comprehend 
anything outside of natural conditions ; therefore, he 
must navigate in a natural channel where he natur- 
ally belongs; outside of this, he becomes a blind and 



87 

aimless wanderer. As soon as the scale of music is 
understood, and one piece can be picked out on its 
keyboard, based upon the base lines of creation, 
there is no end to combinations that can be made. 

Let us follow the trinity of nature and see where 
it leads and what it reveals in reference to man. 
The natural is more than man can understand, to 
say nothing of the supernatural. It is through the 
natural, that the supernatural is fore shadowed and 
reflected. 

Man is called the conscious-animate part of na- 
ture, because he conies through nature, is a part of 
it, and cannot live away from it. Separate him from 
this and he is no longer a man or anything else that 
can be identified. He is dependent upon the prin- 
ciples and resources of nature for his existence ; he is 
tied to it, beholden to it, and belongs to it ; therefore 
he must be a part of it. Man separated from na- 
ture would be a failure, and the other parts of na- 
ture without him would be without particular use 
or object, or at least, would not have a conscious 
part, which is the intelligent strata through which 
the other parts are made known. 

The intelligent strata, or man part of nature, puts 
all other parts together, and furnishes them use. 

The conscious-animate, is the part that supervises 



want; it sees, feels, hears, smells, tastes and judges; 
it cannot give up this nature, and hold the place of 
conscious existence. It cannot exchange this na- 
ture for any other and remain the conscious animate; 
its own nature compels it to appropriate the other 
parts on which to live and develop. 

Outside of consciousness, man is no more than the 
lowest animal or poorest clod of clay. He is the 
conscious-animate, because he is strictly this pecu- 
liar and individual part by reason of consciousness. 
By being conscious, he occupies the highest and 
most important place in creation; he has a double 
nature, and is a link in the middle of the chain in- 
stead of being one dangling loose at the end of it. 
He is connected with creation at both ends, in the 
middle, and from above and below. He is the con- 
necting link between the material and the imma- 
terial, the natural and spiritual, the transitory ami 
eternal, the animate and inanimate. 

The size and true nature of man is but little 
known or understood. All kinds of theories have 
been and are still being advanced in reference to 
him. He is considered by some a separate and dis- 
tinct part in creation, on account of his spiritual or 
soul qualities. 

He cannot be a separate part of creation, but must 
be the part connecting other parts. 



89 

HE IS THE HEAD OF THE TRINITY OF NA- 
TURE. 

In this relation he can be located and his position 
determined. He can be located by looking at the 
compass in the ship of life, by seeing where it points, 
where it always has and always will point. If there 
was any deviation or doubt about the compass, its 
value would be gone, and all navigation would come 
to an end. The value of the compass consists in its 
truthfulness, not fickle beauty. It stands the test 
of Time and Space; this is its distinguishing feature. 

The work here undertaken, is not to upset old theo- 
ries, but to prove their truth and value. 

"WHAT I THINK AFTER THINKING." 

is presented on the theory, that the compass is true, 
that the Bible is true, that the laws of nature are 
true, that science is true, that the laws of business 
-are true, and that all human growth and experience 
from the beginning down to the present moment is 
worth something. 

But if all this belief is wrong, then my theory is 
bottom side up; if not, it is right side up and weigh- 
ed down with truth to stand the test of Time and not 
blow over. It is supposed to be weighed down with 



90 

material that gophers and other small animals can 
not scratch out and carry away. 

"What I think after thinking," is presented on 
the theory that the Bible, is the greatest and most 
important book in existence; therefore this is laid 
on as a heavy weight first. 

The Bible tells where man came from, who made 
him, what he was made for, what he was made of, 
what he must do, how he must do it; what the result 
will be if he fails and the reward of success. 

The Bible, is a book, deeply interested in man, 
and handed down expressly for his benefit. 

We say unqualifiedly it is the greatest of all 
books. We do not say, perhaps, or possibly, we say 
positively, it is. We do not want any doubt or mis- 
understanding on this point; we declare it to be di- 
rectly and absolutely, The Word. 

NOW HEAR WHAT GOD SAYS, 

and if you do not like it, and cannot agree with it, it 
is a matter between you and God, not an argument 
with anyone else. I am not the author of it, but not 
only feel it a duty, but take great pleasure in calling 
attention to it at this particular time; for this par- 
ticular time seems to demand its attention more 
than ever. 



91 

God talked business to man before he did relig- 
ion. It would seem from this, He intended him to 
find religion through business, not business through 
religion. Religion is the result of correct conduct 
in business. One strictly correct in business pos- 
sesses a great deal of religious principle; one of the 
strongest evidences of religion, is a correct business 
life. 

Now believing, and, with the holy work in my 
hand and next to my heart, we go forward. 

GOD MADE MAN. 

How many did He make? One only. "Male and 
female created He them." 

The male and female together possessing the 
spirit of God is man. They must be united to make 
one, and when united, are only the seed from w r hich 
man is now growing. 

If God, only made one man, where did all these 
human beings come from we see, hear and read 
about on the earth? And what about all those who 
have been here and returned back into the earth and 
are now sleeping in eternity? 

All put together, are but the growth, extension, 
increase and spread of the one, original man made 
by God. 



92 

The first and only man, or man seed made by God, 
is still alive and growing. When God made man 
a living soul in His own image, he meant His own 
image and a living soul; not an imitation or hum- 
bug man, who would last but a short time and turn 
out a failure. 

The man first planted on earth is progressing ac- 
cording to the Creator's design; he is not anywhere 
near finished or grown yet; he is still in a state of 
infancy, so far as growth and development is con- 
cerned; he is still in a creative state and just be- 
coming conscious of his nature and condition. 
From this on, he will grow faster, and become more 
conscious of his true relation to creation. He will 
continue to grow and develop till he covers suffi- 
cient Time and Space, to be in the true image of his 
Maker; Not until then, will he be a complete man. 

It cannot be imagined for a moment, that a miser- 
able, dirty, soulless being, is in God's image, because 
he walks upright in human form. There is a vast 
difference between a being of this kind and man; 
there can be no comparison between the two. 

The population of the world is estimated to be 
about one billion and seven hundred millions. 

How many human beings have been on earth and 
returned back into it, no one but the Great Creator 
knows. 



93 

But many billions have passed from the branches 
above the ground down into the roots below. So a 
large part of Adam today is spread over the eternal 
past, as far as his growth in that direction has gone, 
and the balance of him, is spread pretty generally 
over the face of the earth, in white, black, red and 
yellow colors, influenced largely by climate and con- 
ditions. 

To get an idea of man's size, age and nature, he 
must be looked at as the head of a great trinity ; as 
the intelligent part of nature. 

Man was created in the beginning a seed, and is 
now like an unbroken vine that has spread and de- 
veloped, with roots reaching down through ages past 
and tendrils and branches reaching up to go on 
growing and spreading through all time to come. 

Man as the head of a trinity, as the intelligent 
part of a great whole, is sublime, grand and beauti- 
ful. As a single individual he is insignificant and 
inferior. 

A single individual is not man. A single indiv- 
idual is only a speck or grain of man substance, the 
same as a grain of sand is but a speck of the earth's 
great surface. 

How much Time and Space could a single indiv- 
idual cover in eternity? Not enough to be worth 



94 

starting a fire in the infernal regions to burn up. A 
single individual would be so small in eternity, no 
one would see or know anything about it. To take 
notice of or try to purify it with fire, would be like 
building a smudge on the Atlantic coast to drive 
mosquitoes out of Hong Kong. 

A single tree does not make a forest; one drop of 
water does not make an ocean; one individual does 
not make society or form a nation; neither does one 
individual make man. 

Man. is a great, grand and glorious element in cre- 
ation, unbroken and continuous; God's very best 
work, too important to pass over lightly. He is all 
of us, and we are him; so let us view him as far as 
posible in his full size and true sphere. Man is got- 
ten up on a grand plan and made expressly to fill 
and enjoy Time and Space. 

Labor was instituted to educate him, not to make 
a slave of him. 

What use has God for labor, only to improve man 
and make him grow in the right direction? If God 
desired, he could make as many images as he pleased 
in the shape of man and have them sit and stand 
around Avithout work, like so many dummy forms 
used to show off goods in show case windows. 

But what good would they be? Who would care 



95 

ro hug and kiss such things? Even flies could not 
find pleasure in roosting on them. 

God is not a believer or a dealer in machine made 
angels. He wants live, intelligent males and fe- 
males to become angels to praise Him; those who 
will live through Time and occupy Space, and know 
about Him through intelligent existence; He wants 
beings who can act from experience and knowledge. 
'He does not tend and play with sawdust babies, that 
talk and wink automatically. He is a dealer in, 
and manufacturer of life, and wants live beings to 
praise Him from living souls. 

God has but one work ou earth, that work is man's 
development; man's development is His glory. 
Man's development is the foundation of angels. An 
angel, is a man made perfect. 

The greatest and most Godly work of the Supreme 
Being, is making 

THE INANIMATE CONSCIOUS; 

nothing can be higher, greater or grander than this. 
Think of taking the dust of the earth and turning 
it into intelligence, and have it progress and pro- 
gress, until it reaches the state and sphere of per- 
fect life in eternity. What a theme; what a work! 
Here is the most entrancing scene and the most 



96 

entrancing condition, recorded any where in life, 
history or imagination. 

Think of the Creator alone in the immensity of 
space holding a new world in His hand; everything 
is prepared in advance for man's coming; but where 
is man? 

He touches the dust and breathes upon it and 
man comes forth a living soul in the image of his 
maker. He says a few words to this conscious dust 
about the earth, what it is for and what to do with 
it, then leaves this man seed to grow and develop. 

God knew the size of the earth when he put the 
one conscious seed on it; He knew the size of the 
oceans; He knew how fast man would increase and 
multiply, and just how he was to do it; He knew he 
had everything to learn, He knew he was naked, He 
knew how cold, heat and hunger would effect him; 
He knew man was made to be effected by these 
things. He knew how despair, grief, love and anger 
would come to him; and with it all, He made him 
to walk between two eternities and keep step with 
the trinity of Time and the trinity of Nature. 

The dividing line between the eternal past and 
the eternal future is the present. The present is a 
period almost too small for measurement:, and can 
only be measured in the center of the body. 



97 

When man breathes, he draws in the future; when 
he lets his breath out, he lets out the past. The 
present only covers the turning point between taking 
a breath in and letting it out. 

Life is between memory of the past and hope of 
the future; memory and hope are man's principle 
elements and possessions. They are views seen and 
anticipated on the border line between the eterni- 
ties. 

Time bears fruit, the same as all other trinities. 
It has within itself, the powers of creation and de- 
struction; being a sire, a developer and destroyer, 
all within itself, makes it the king of subjects. The 
highest work is to build to endure against it. To do 
this, requires some conception of its nature if not 
its extent; we take notice of, and are deeply im- 
pressed by it, from being conscious of our relation 
to it. 

Being under its influence and control makes it a 
subject not only interesting but important. Being 
great and full of wonderful things, it suggests great 
and wonderful thoughts, as well as those full of 
awe. Providing against it, is the aim of life ; to do 
this, requires the strength of perfection. The, only 
way to meet Time and rise above its conditions, is 
to live and grow under influences that promote and 



98 

develop the highest forms of life. Time itself fur- 
nishes a guide for this, by proving the truth of all 
things. It teaches, that the laws of nature are and 
must be certain in their operations; otherwise, sci- 
ence and knowledge would be without foundation. 

Relying upon the truth of this teaching I stand 
forth and go forth to proclaim that the words spoken 
by the Creator to man when He created the world is 
the way. 

"Be fruitful, and multiply, and replenish the 
earth, and subdue it." 

This is a command from God, not a suggestion 
from a real estate agent who has land to sell. This 
is not a new theory or doctrine, but the divine, the 
natural, and original compass pointing the way to 
development. When the earth is subdued, not be- 
fore, will man's growth and work be completed; 
upon the fulfillment of this command hangs future 
happiness. 

Those who regard this as an old thread-bare plat- 
itude, instead of a divine truth lighting the way to 
knowledge and pointing out the foundation of sci- 
ence and religion, are only the ignorant and those 
living in heathendom. 

Subduing the earth is the first letter for man to 
learn in the great alphabet of existence. When God 



99 

told him to do this, He knew it would take a long 
time and many hands to do it; therefore He said, 
"Be fruitful and multiply." He knew it could not 
be done in a short time by the single man seed ; and 
as He had all eternity at his disposal, He gave em ; 
ployment to last accordingly; long enough to make 
the command clear to man, who is now just getting 
old enough to begin to be able to recognize the truth 
and comprehend the nature and importance of that 
which is before him. 

Subduing the earth in a rough coarse way, simply 
to exist, is not sufficient or all there is to it. If this 
was all, the subject would not be worth considering 
or life worth living. There are many sides to sub- 
duing the earth besides working and sweating to 
get bread. In doing it, man is brought into the 
highest and sublimest relations with God. All the 
natural and original elements of nature are brought 
together, where they work upon each other for a 
common end and a common good. 

Man must move on to the earth and replenish and 
subdue it as the fulfillment of a divine command, 
as the way to development in the order of creation, 
not for the sole purpose of making money. 

If the first words spoken by God are not true, none 
are true. 



100 

BUT THE FIRST ARE TRUE. 

''Replenish the earth and subdue it," was the com- 
mand given to Adam at the beginning and to Noah 
after the flood. If this was not the most important 
of all works,. God would not have commanded and 
kept repeating the command. It will be time 
enough to know why it is commanded after the work 
is done. It is not for man to question its wisdom, 
but obey, and wait results. 

The past not only points to this as the way, but 
the present and future declare and demand it; it is 
in harmony with the great trinity of creation and 
growth of man. 

What is a world without order? What is a uni- 
verse without order? What is a nation without 
order? What is % an individual without order? 
Without it, all is chaos and anarchy. 

What is order? 

It is obedience to Supreme law. What is law? 
Law is fixed and established principles and com- 
mands prescribed by a Supreme power. The foun- 
dation of all laws are the law T s of Nature. The au- 
thor of natural law is the Supreme Being. The Su- 
preme Being is the Supreme Trinity; the Supreme 
Trinity is Eternal Time, Eternal Space and Eternal 
Life. 



101 

The wisdom and glory of the Supreme Being, is to 
make the inanimate conscious, that it may enjoy 
Eternal Life through Eternal Time in Eternal 
Space. This is the thought and work of a great 
God, not of small man. This is the thought and 
plan of the Superior, not the inferior. 

Giving consciousness to one atom of dust made a 
conscious seed to grow and spread over Time and 
Space, and to become conscious of all things. Con- 
sciousness, is a thing of growth, and has grown and 
spread since its creation and will continue to do so, 
because its parents are unending. The conscious 
world is constantly becoming more conscious of 
truth and light. This growth will continue, until 
the conscious-animate part of nature, called man, 
will see itself as an unbroken chain connecting the 
finite and infinite, as man now sees and knows him- 
self from childhood to old age. 

The creation of Adam, was the birth of conscious 
life. The growth of man, his discoveries and sci- 
ence, his knowledge, his religion, his prayers and 
inventions, are but records and reports of impres- 
sions made upon man at different times under differ- 
ent conditions in different places. Through con- 
sciousness, the impressions impressed upon one, are 
communicated and impressed upon all; so through 



102 

this medium, impressions grow and accumulate, and 
through Time, become a common field open to all. 
So through the conscious-animate, Time and its con- 
ditions are being brought together and made known. 

So great and grand is the conscious-animate, the 
mind can dart back over centuries, as quickly and 
easily, as over the hundredth part of a second. 
Through this, a twinkling star is seen as readily as 
the light in the room. This is also true of life. 
Life is but consciousness under different conditions 
at different periods in different parts of Time and 
Space; all that is necessary to make it a complete 
and unbroken chain, is power of communication. 

Through the conscious-animate, we can now go 
back and stand with the Creator in the Garden of 
Eden. We can see Adam driven from here alone to 
labor; we can watch his growth and struggles 
through ages; we can see him as he was, and is now, 
spread over the past and the present, and as he will 
be in the future. 

It is not strange that great changes should take 
place with man, that he should have great ideas, and 
look to fill a great place, for he is a great being. 
From this on, great changes and great growth will 
come more rapidly. Why? Because the conscious- 
animate, by reason of age and growth sheds new 



108 

and increased light. This light being the creation 
of Time, sheds light upon Time. It thus becomes 
a law unto itself, within itself and for itself, made 
known through itself. 

By reason of this light, we speak and act; see, rea- 
son and hear. 

Hear what? What we are told to do. What is 
this? "Keplenish the earth and subdue it." 

Who tells us this? The Supreme Being. 

What is promised when this is done? Dominion 
over everything. 

Man comes from the earth, lives on it and returns 
back into it, and the earth will not be subdued in 
the full meaning of the text, until he can come out 
of it after returning to it. Time is going to bring 
this. 



104 

CHAPTER XI. 
THE EARTH; WHERE LOCATED. 

The Earth is located in that part of the immen- 
sity of space where man was made, and is still f ound, 
struggling to perpetuate growth and existence. The 
earth is man's natural mother. 

It is the unthinking end of the Trinity of which 
man is the head. The earth does not think, but it 
keeps man very busy thinking how to keep up with 
it. 



105 

CHAPTER XII. 
THE EARTH AS A TEACHER OF RELIGION 

What do we learn from the earth? Everything. 

What do we find in the earth? Everything from 
religion to wild bees that make honey and those that 
do not. 

The earth is full of inspiration as well as precious 
oars and rich harvests. 

The faith of Abraham came from teachings of 
the earth. The wisdom of Solomon and the psalms 
of David were drawn from it. It is constantly pre- 
senting conditions that inspire faith and poetry, con- 
ditions of life and death. After being buried for 
months under ice and snow, vegetation is resur- 
rected by the sun of spring. It is not strange, that 
when man saw, and still sees, delicate flowers ris- 
ing up out of the cold earth, he should think that he 
might rise up in the same way and live hereafter. 

The earth suggests this, and keeps repeating it 
and presenting it in the most convincing manner. 

The teachings of the church rest upon conditions 

found in the earth. 



106 
WHEN DOES EASTER COME? 

In the spring. What time in the spring? Just 
about as Nature is resurrecting vegetation and rais- 
ing up smiling flowers from the cold dead earth; 
when Nature is bringing life out of the grave; this 
is when Easter comes. 

Who observes Easter? All christianized nations. 

What is a christianized nation? One believing in 
Christ. 

Who is Christ? The one. who taught and exem- 
plified the doctrine of the resurrection and life eter- 
nal, by his life; a doctrine, exactly in harmony with 
the earth and nature. The son of man, is typical of 
the sun of light; for he shed light on future life. 

Religious teachers have very wisely selected 
spring as the time to~ present the resurrection of 
man to man; for corresponding conditions in nature, 
at this time, serve to give greater force to the doc- 
trine. Nature comes forth at this time and fur- 
nishes living evidence in support of this belief; and 
people not religiously inclined are impressed by the 
voice and operations of nature if not by the preacher. 

The earth is the strongest and most eloquent of 
all preachers on the subject of the resurrection. If 
the earth should fail to present and keep up this 



107 

doctrine, the voice of the preacher would soon be- 
come cold and barren, and faith would die for want 
of living evidence. 

Easter would be entirely out of place in the fall 
of the year at Thanksgiving time, when the earth is 
freezing up and entering into a state of death; be- 
cause, it would not be in harmony with nature. 
There would be no flowers coming forth at this time 
in evidence of life from the grave. Easter is when 
the earth is opening its eyes after a sleep in death, 
not when it is closing them to life; it is a festival in 
memory and praise of life from the grave. 

When preachers and religious teachings are en- 
dorsed by nature, the effect is very much greater 
and stronger. Man can dispute religious teachers 
standing alone, but he cannot dispute or upset na- 
ture without upsetting himself. 

It is not to be understood, that I have become sud- 
denly religious and given up the farm for a pulpit; 
the farm is a pulpit for every one within itself. 

The relation of man to the earth, and the earth to 
man, can only be shown through the channel by 
which man comes and goes. 

Nature and the Bible are not dwelt upon to estab- 
lish or contradict any particular religious belief, but 
to point out conditions and principles of interest to 
all and in which all are interested. 



108 

There are many who do and many who do not be- 
lieve the Bible, but when it agrees with nature and 
natural law, the religious and irreligious must bow 
alike, for nature is indisputable. 

The Bible says, "Keplenish the earth and subdue 
ir." 

Nature endorses this command, so do all human 
needs. 



109 



CHAPTER XIII. 

THE EARTH AS A TEACHER OF EVERY DAY 
AFFAIRS. 

There is no apology offered for taking this text, 
it is natural and holy truth. But the truth is some- 
times the coldest and most unwelcome. of all things 
to hear; but it cannot, and will not, be put down. 

Relieving and feeling the truth of the text, it is 
tlwelt upon at length, in the hope of making it clear, 
if possible. 

The earth has so many uninviting features in the 
sense of subduing it, many do not undertake it until 
forced by circumstances to do so; and many who 
have undertaken it, are not satisfied with the work 
or results. So when universal attention is invited 
to the oldest, and to many, the hardest and dryest 
of all subjects, the writer appreciates it must be 
presented from high authority and under the strong- 
est light. 

All enjoy the fruits of the earth but all do not en- 
joy performing the labor necessary to get them. 

The earth was made to subdue and man was 
made to subdue it. ' The fulfillment of this relation 
and condition, is calculated to bring man aud the 



- 110 

earth both up to a high standard. Time is neces- 
sary to the work, and man is reaching an age, size 
and condition to be able to begin to comprehend the 
nature and importance of that which is to be done. 

All important conditions of life l\ave a sugar coat- 
ing, that covers up the reality and keeps serious 
features well hid, until rivited so tightly, they can- 
not be shaken off. 

"Be fruitful and multiply," is the first command. 

Multiplying was made easy, or the second part of 
the command, "Subdue the earth and replenish it," 
would be useless, for it never would have been 
reached. 

The rose colored tints of love, pleasure and happi- 
ness, are put ahead of the stern conditions of subdu- 
ing, or there would not be any incline to the tobog- 
gan slide of life, to get man down to hard labor. 
All would be an uninviting, monotonous dead level 
— without the sugar coating, the stern realities of 
life would be felt and seen so far in advance, antici- 
pation would be blotted out. Blessed be the sugar" 
coating, that is spread like molasses on ginger 
bread, all over life. 

The first command has been fulfilled far enough 
for -man to begin to realize and see the importance 
and nature of the second. As it were, he is just 



Ill 

learning to walk in this respect. This command is 
without any sugar coating, and appeals directly to 
reason and intelligence. It has a divine relation to 
creation, because it is the Creator's plan for man's 
development, as well as man's support, and the 
earth's development. Attention is not called to the 
earth here, to induce more people to subdue more 
land, to raise more cheap products to sell below the 
cost of production, in order to furnish more business 
for railroads and machine manufacturers. Atten- 
tion is here called to the earth, to show its true na- 
ture and importance, what its influence has been, is, 
and must continue to be. 

MAN MOVES BY FITS AND STAETS, 

and he cannot always tell why he has fits and starts, 
or, why he has fits and don't start. He goes ahead 
for a while, with high hopes and energy, then comes 
to a stand still, with energy and hopes both gone. 
He stands, till conditions change and help him out, 
or until he changes and helps himself out; periods of 
advancement, that are permanent, are the exception, 
not the rule 

The growth and development of the human family 
will always be of interest and importance to the 
family at least, and it must be worked out under 



112 

the command " Be fruitful, and multiply, and re- 
plenish the earth, and subdue it;" this is the bask 
of all other conditions. It is not necessary to go 
back over past ages and nations to show this, all 
conditions at present are in evidence of it. 



118 



CHAPTER XIV. 

THE EARTH AS THE FOUNDATION OF OUR 
COUNTRY. 

Look at our own country in reference to the 
earth. ' 

The people of the United States, have survived 
wars, politics, business depressions and religious in- 
tolerance; but today, they are in a condition some- 
what mixed, and many cannot really tell whether 
they are going ahead, backing up or standing still. 
But we are going ahead, as will be seen by looking 
at the earth. 

Singular and grave conditions are said to exist; 
but no graver conditions exist now than have ex- 
isted before; there are no graver difficulties to over- 
come than have been overcome; and the nation was 
never as strong as now. It is not necessary to wor- 
ry or borrow trouble about the future, as long as the 
ship is whole and we have a compass and know the 
way to sail 

It is clear to be seen, that important and great 
changes must come, and are coming; but these 
changes will help the nation, not hurt it. 

When general conditions are looked squarely in 
the face, we admit, that our legs are inclined to 



114 

tremble and our hair to stand on end; but when 
properly understood, there is no cause for alarm; 
they are only conditions preceding new life and new 
birth. The period preceding birth is always one of 
depression and anxiety, one of sickness and distress. 
Why? Because these conditions are full of gravity 
and uncertainty; approaching changes are always 
matters of anxiety until over. It is well that seri- 
ousness marks these periods, it makes them remem- 
bered longer. By looking around, we find over-pro- 
duction, idleness, enormous w T ealth and poverty all 
before us. 

Those w r ho have money lack confidence to invest 
it; those who have it not, lack credit to get it. The 
man who has work would like to take a rest and 
have his wages raised, and the one without work 
can't get rest or anything else without cash. A 
physician is needed and called for. Many are 
around, but they cannot agree; this makes it worse 
than being without any. In a case like this, the 
only way is to fall back on nature, common sense, 
good nursing and the Bible. 

The study and application of nature and natural 
law, is not confined to budding trees and green grass 
alone, it is a field deep and wide, and takes in the 
affairs of men and nations. 



115 

Let us look at the earth and natural conditions, as 
connected with our country. 

More depends upon the United States, at present, 
for the advancement of humanity, than all other na- 
tions put together. The failure to perpetuate hap- 
piness and prosperity here, would darken the skies 
of the world; the downfall of the American people, 
would mean as much as the return of the Pharaohs 
to power, or the fall of the angels. 

The strength and safety of our government lies in 
the fact, it is founded upon natural conditions and 
natural law; and has kept up and grown great and 
strong on this foundation, and will continue to grow 
greater and stronger as long as these conditions 
are recognized and made to prevail. 

What has made America what it is? You say pa- 
triots and great men. Well then, what made the 
patriots and great men? Advantages afforded here 
by the earth. Great men and patriots cannot be 
made without something to make them ; there must 
be some great condition or thing to fight for to pro- 
duce great fighters. Patriots must have a founda- 
tion to stand upon, and a reason for being patriots, 
in order to become such; the earth here from the be- 
ginning held out and afforded these opportunities 
and still affords them. The foundation of this na- 



116 

tion, is the earth, and the soil we live on. The pa- 
triots and early settlers did not create the earth; 
they simply took advantage of the lay of the land 
and conditions here conducive to freedom as they 
found them in a state of nature, through which 
means, they were largely assisted, to lay out the 
other fellows and make a government for them- 
selves. , 

The free and open condition of the earth here, 
suggested the idea of freedom, and furnished the 
opportunity to win it. This is why the Patriots 
were Patriots. 

There was something glorious and magnificent 
to fight for. There was something to develop 
every element of manhood in' man and make life 
worth living; the best part of a continent was the 
reward in sight; this was prize enough; failure 
meant slavery and crowned dictation, success meant 
all worth possessing on the earth; this was stimu- 
lous and oiccasion enough to make patriots and 
fighters. 

The exact part, the earth and its conditions fur- 
nished in establishing this government, and must 
continue to furnish, cannot be over-estimated and 
should never be overlooked. 

Being open and free, its open and free condition, 



117 

naturally suggested freedom to the colonies; being 
open an free, afforded the opportunity to gain free- 
doom ; all conditions of the earth were ripe and ready 
to set freedom in motion and maintain it. 

There were no crowned heads here to remove, and 
never have been. It will be a long cold day for the 
one who tries to wear a crown in this country — 
where a "Boss" can't survive two elections. 

This free open condition of the earth, that inspired 
the patriots, was protected by an ocean three thou- 
sand miles wide; and thanks to Heaven, there were 
no Atlantic cables or fast sailing steam ships at that 
time; slow coaches and no improvements were then 
blessings and our salvation. An advanced state of 
science would have crushed out our liberties. We 
are indebted to conditions of nature as well as pa- 
triotism for the establishment of this government; 
without natural conditions had been favorable, re- 
bellion would have been foolishness. 

As like begets like, freedom and liberty beget 
freedom and liberty. 

In 1776 the American colonies, got the idea of 
freedom from breathing free air. Indians free from 
British taxation and domination suggested inde- 
pendence; every surrounding, from air, ocean, land, 
mountain and forest, rang with freedom and echoed 



118 

it back every time they spoke. Every element of 
nature was filled and running over with it; it was so 
thick and extensive it became contagious, and in 
time, filled men, women and children with its spirit. 
The country was one vast living expanse of it, and 
it could not be resisted. This nation is free, because 
it was conceived and born from freedom on free 
soil; it inherits it from birth and ancestry, which it 
will never change or forsake until conditions in na- 
ture change. 

The spirit of liberty, not only here, but the world 
over, is growing. 



119 

CHAPTER XV. 

THE EARTH AND THE FOREIGNER. 

Still we admit, when general conditions are 
looked squarely in the face, our legs naturally 
tremble and our hair tries to stand on end; but this 
is true of any great and important condition or 
reality. 

Life is a serious thing under all circumstances; 
love is a serious thing, and matrimony more so. It 
is also serious not to be in these conditions. It is 
impossible to dodge seriousness, turn as we may; 
it stands waiting on the corner with smiles to allure 
or frowns to frighten, as occasion may require. 

When we look at some conditions in the United 
States, it is natural to tremble. When we think 
how the door of immigration has stood wide open, 
and has been closed but very little; when we think, 
that that which cost the patriot fathers their blood 
and' years of fighting; that that which George Wash- 
ing ton, spent years of his life to get — (citizenship 
and freedom) — when we think, that a foreign immi- 
grant can now come here and get all the patriots 
fought for, for two dollars, and put his voice into 
politics as soon as he lands; when we think, that a 



120 

foreigner can land here with empty pockets, and the 
only real thing in his possession is a grievance; and 
upon landing, have a cheap American politician step 
up and inform him he is short on grievances; and 
enumerate a large list he should have or immediate- 
ly become interested in and try ; that he should join 
the anarchists to put down capital; or some society 
to regulate and make everything prosperous 
throug legislation instead of labor; when we think, 
as soon as the immigrant arrives, if he is not already 
supplied with a full list of grievances, brought over 
with him, he is presented with a long row to culti- 
vate; then, when we see men born in this country 
going around as tramps; when we see men once 
prosperous and considered good business men in 
poverty and despondent; when we see men with 
wealth condemned because they have wealth; and 
men with poverty because they have poverty; we 
naturally wonder where all must end and what will 
bring a peaceful and happy solution. 

If farming is suggested, we are told this does not 
pay; that too many are farming. The small mer- 
chant complains that the department store is de- 
stroying his business. The farmer wants freight 
rates put down; employees want shorter hours and 
wages put up^ while bond holders complain because 



121 

dividends are not paid promptly and securities de- 
cline. 

Colleges turn out more base ball and foot ball 
graduates than statesmen, and so it goes, from the 
Government borrowing gold to pay expenses, to 
clerks on small salaries borrowing to pay interest 
to buy parlor furniture. 

When we look conditions squarely in the face, 
and are told, that the money of the country is only 
about twenty-five dollars per capita, while the debt 
obligations, if all put together, public and private, 
would amount to four hundred dollars per capita; 
that all the per capita cash would only pay about 
six per cent, of the capita debt ; that all the money 
in the United States, would not pay the demands 
of congress if appropriated, for four years ; when we 
look these conditions squarely in the face and think 
the country has been built up, and is still being built 
up, on borrowed money and immigration, our 
legs would never stop trembling and our hair would 
never lie down again, only for strength and comfort 
gathered from natural law and The Earth. Thanks 
to these supposts; these are our safe guards; when 
everything else grows dark and doubtful these stand 
and shine like a star 

As before stated, the period preceding birth is 



122 

one of seriousness and anxiety. The country today, 
is in an advanced state of pregnancy. Like every- 
thing else, even the truth is sometimes buried so 
deep and lost from sight so long it has to be resur- 
rected. 

Multiplying has been going on in different direc- 
tions and in different ways a long time, without any 
apparent attention to results. Not only has the 
population multiplied in numbers from natural 
causes and immigration, but debts, extravagances 
and speculations, have multiplied until there is gen- 
eral confusion. 

The cause of hard times and want of confidence, 
is because people cannot pay their debts; if every 
one could pay promptly, hard times would disap- 
pear like a snow ball on a hot stove. Times can't 
get better, till people can pay; and they can't pay, 
till they are better; this is like two mill stones 
grinding against each other empty. 

The people of the United States, are thinking as 
never before; and the people of other nations are 
looking on and thinking also; waiting to see if it is 
possible for classes and masses of all kinds to enter 
freely into a government, head over heels, and out 
shine all the balance of the world in advancement 
and prosperity. 



123 
THE PKOBLEM IS A GREAT ONE. 

The flowing and mixing of all kinds of humanity 
together to maintain freedom and a high standard 
of government, is a matter worth the attention of 
all. Many regard it as something to end sooner or 
later in failure. 

But Natural Law and The Earth, say no. To get 
a correct view of anything, it must be considered 
under the light of Time and natural forces. 

It is very natural that great freedom should reign 
in this country, for it sprang up here spontaneously. 
Conditions were created and waiting for it. This 
makes a difference. Man was not obliged to clear 
the way for it, he simply had to take possession and 
preserve that which nature and nature's God had 
furnished. 

It is very natural, that the American people 
should freely give that which was so freely received 
from Providence — the freedom of the land. The 
spirit and atmosphere about America, is different 
from any other country, because a monarch was 
never allowed to exist or get a foot hold here; na- 
ture and man, were, and still are, both against it. 
This makes a strong combination for a crowned 
head to run up against. 

Some express alarm at the freedom with which 



124 



foreigners are allowed to come here and enter into 
citizenship and possess our land; viewed superficial- 
ly, it might look doubtful. But looked at from the 
bottom, it is not alarming. It is true, it makes a 
difference who the foreigner is and for what he 
comes. 

All who come may not be up to the standard of 
George Washington, and Thomas Jefferson, as citi- 
zens on arrival, at the same time, as soon as a for- 
eigner puts his foot on our land, he undergoes a 
great change. He is changed from a foreign peas- 
ant or serf possibly, to an American freeman and 
freeholder. This is a decided and sudden elevation ; 
but in this case, if American citizenship is cheap- 
ened and lowered, the foreigner is correspondingly 
elevated. If there is a loss in one way, there is an 
equal gain in another, so the general equilibrium of 
the world is preserved. 

The question now is, will the foreigner appreciate 
the advantages and benefits bestowed on him, and 
help keep up our institutions, or, will he turn around 
and smite the hand and land that does so much for 
him? 

LET US LOOK INTO THIS. 
The fact that he speaks in a foreign tongue does 
not effect his love of home and liberty; the fact he 



125 

has been shut up under a King, makes him love and 
appreciate liberty all the more. 

He is like a horse that has been confined in a stall 
and not allowed to run free, when he gets out, lib- 
erty is wonderfully sweet to him, and he will never 
leave fresh green fields to chew dry hay at a manger 
again until caught and dragged back. 

NOT HE. 

Allowing foreigners to swarm into this country 
may seem dangerous and downward in some re- 
spects; but it is not half as dangerous for this, as 
foreign countries. Every foreigner who comes here 
and does well in the air of freedom under the stars 
and stripes, discontents ten foreigners left behind 
living under crowned heads and standing armies. 

There is not half as much probability, of foreign- 
ers who come here, to live, destroying this govern- 
mnet, as there is, that their coming, will upset the 
government they have left behind. Every foreigner 
who comes here and prospers, is a living advertise- 
ment against royalty; all nations have grown 
broader and more liberal since the establishment 
of American Independence. The independence and 
freedom of this country is fast permeating the whole 
world, and will go on, till all are free. 



126 

There is more probability that prospective heirs 
to crowns will be overthrown, than there is 'that the 
American Government will be overthrown by for- 
eigners who come here and are taken into citizen- 
ship. 

This country is so strong from natural conditions, 
it is the touch-stone of liberty, and influences all 
who touch it. Those who have touched it thus far, 
have been influenced by it, and have not tried to 
pocket or carry away the stone for a relic. Those 
who believe in the general advancement of human- 
ity see here, and come here, only to find the grea- 
est future possibilities. 

This country has demonstrated what opportunity 
can do; it has demonstrated, that there are thous- 
ands in the common walks of life, equal to the best, 
if given opportunity to rise. 

It has demonstrated, that the common walks are 
full of people equal to Kings and Queens ; this of it- 
self, is a stronger feature than any Monarchy can 
possibly present. So much for America, and all 
blood in it, mixed or otherwise. It will continue to 
flow in from all civilized nations, and the spirit of 
freedom will continue to revolutionize and send it 
back over the earth as from the head of a pure foun- 
tain. 



127 

It is not necessary to worry about the future of 
this country on account of the fereigner. 

It has risen through natural conditions to its 
present size and glory : it will be more able and bet- 
ter prepared from experience and age to take care 
of itself in the future. 

The safety of letting foreigners enter freely into 
this country is founded in nature; and it is not neces- 
sary to go beyond the farm barnyard to see it. 

When a hen has a family to scratch for, she stands 
by it with the loyalty of a true patriot; no matter 
whether she is Plymouth Koek, Muffled Poland or 
Black Spanish. 

Like a loyal mother, she spreads her wings and 
hurls herself against any odds in defense of her off- 
spring. 

Go to the Berkshire, or any other shire, and try 
to take a young pig from its nest, and the mother 
hog will meet you with the courage of a Napoleon. 

Go to the nest of the eagle, or den of the lioi^, and 
encroach upon their home and young, and see what 
is what is found there. And if not satisfied with 
looking here, go to the bull-dog, and try to take a 
pup from its nest, and publish to the world your 
experience. 

Go to the old gray goose sitting under the barn 



128 

and undertake to disturb her in her domestic and 
family relations, and you will crawl out wiser, but 
with ]ess clothes, and a gander on top of you. 

Go to the wild crane that soars in the air beyond 
the reach of a rifle, and she will drive her beak 
through a man's skull to protect her nest and 
young. 

Every animal and bird, from the lowest to the 
highest, stands by home and family, this is nature 
and natural law. 

Is man below the brute and bird in this respect? 

Give a man a home, give him -something to live 
for and fight for, and I care not, whether he be 
Dutch, Irish, Scandinavian, English or American, 
he will pour out his blood and meet death to de- 
fend it. 

The United States, is great and strong in this re- 
lation, she has given homes to millions, good ones 
and grand ones, and has many loyal hearts to care 
for and defend her on this account. 

Any one, man enough to build up a home and a 
family on the soil in this country, can be depended 
upon to defend his fireside, whether he has had it 
but two hours or two hundred years. 

The man who obeys the command, "Be fruitful 



129 

•and multiply, and replenish the earth, and subdue 
it," is a safe citizen anywhere on earth. 

Still, our legs tremble and our hair is inclined 
to stand on end, when it is seen what people must 
go through and endure to get where natural condi- 
tions are forcing them. Thousands must be made 
over and receive a new education, get old ideas out 
of their heads and new ones in, this will be to many 
like pulling teeth. 

There is a great mixture, many are "hard up" and 
in debt; to draw good from this condition is the 
problem, but there is good in it, and good will come 
of it. 

When a baby is weaned, it cries and makes a 
great fuss; a calf bawls still louder; a colt tries to 
tear a stall down, and one small sized pup will keep 
a whole neighborhood awake for a month. 

This is weaning time in the United States, and 
so many are howling all at once on this account, it 
is naturally a little confusing; but time will quiet 
and settle all, then every one will wonder at their 
foolishness. 

Experience is the greatest of all teachers; with- 
out this, we would not know or amount to 
much. If we never got lost, we would never have 
to look for the road and know where to find it. If 



130 

we never got lost, we could not tell others the feel- 
ing and danger, and warn them against it. 

Man must not only have experience, but he must 
be pressed to get the sap out of him; but not press- 
ed to death. He must have grief and misfortune to 
make him think and appreciate everyday blessings. 
[Blessings are not always regarded as such, until 
taken away. If this genreation does not appreciate 
its opportunities, it will confer good on the next, by 
exposing its folly; it will be useful in this way if no 
other. 

The future of Amerca is an important question. 

Blindness is said to be one of the blessings of the 
future; that we do not know what the future holds, 
is said to be, the foundation of present content- 
ment. If we knew, we might be miserable. 

Whither are wedrifting as a nation? Where is 
the rock on which to build? Where is the path 
leading to safety? 

Should emmigration be shut off and commerce 
restricted? Impossible. 

Our gates have stood open so long it would be 
hard to close them now. 

Eaise the standard of citizenship, and the blood 
of the earth can flow this way with safety. A for- 
eigner able to show proper standing might vote on 



131 

the day of arrival better than some who have been 
here ten generations. 

A low, cheap standard of citizenship, naturally 
draws low, chep citizens. 

It is hard to separate sheep from goats when 
crowding through a gate all together; an elevated 
standard, would grade and separate them after get- 
ting through. 

An honest, industrious foreigner who comes here 
to make a home, can be trusted as a citizen with 
perfect safety; that is, if he comes to make a home; 
habits of economy, with capacity and willingness to 
work, attained anywhere, make him safe and desir- 
able. 

A native American, loaded with habits of extra- 
vagance and principles of dishonesty, will not hold 
up free institutions any better or longer than a 
good, honest foregner. 

The subject of emigration is one of great impor- 
tance, calling for careful and wise regulation. For- 
eigners have helped build up and preserve this 
coutry, and will continue to do so, as much in the 
future as the past. 

A man who takes land to make a home and raise 
up a family is a more desirable citizen and entitled 
to more consideration than the wandering "bum," 
regardless of natonality. 



132 

A fixed and elevated standard of citizenship, 
would be justice to all, and the time has come, when 
there should be a fixed plan to perpetuate national 
growth and development. 

There should be a "base line" absolutely fixed 
and agreed upon by all, as the one plan for future 
progress. 

A fixed idea, should be declared and published to 

the world as, "the base idea of the United States." 

And this "base idea," should be elevated, and 

made to rise above all others, like a light house 

above the sea. 

It should be like the sun, rise every morning and 
keep rising, shine every day and keep shining. 

The United States is the natural and proper place 
for a "base idea" to grow and flourish. For advan- 
tages found here to support this kind of an idea, 
furnished support to build the nation and still sup- 
ports it. 

The base furnished by nature for man to stand 
and live upon, should be the "base idea." This 
should be clearly pointed out and kept constantly 
in view; guide boards and mile posts should be put 
up, not only to keep, but compel recognition of it, 
as the broad highway leading to happiness. 

The "base idea," should be, to grow and progess 
according to divine and natural law. 



133 

Present needs and future hope depend upon this. 
The necessity of a "base idea," is founded upon the 
text, "Be fruitful, and multiply, and replenish the 
earth, and subdue it." Here philosophy, history 
and religion are combined. 

By the light of this command the past can be 
seen and the future read. 

Advantages afforded by the earth, are why the 
first colonies came here. Advantages afforded by 
the earth f are why our government was established 
and now exists; advantages afforded by the earth, 
are why people have flocked here like birds to a 
cherry tree ; they have come for the fruit and to sing 
in the trees. Let them come and gather and sing, 
but fix a standard and a base on which to do it. 

When we see all kinds and classes pouring in 
from all parts, and putting a voice in the govern- 
ment before changing their clothes, where the main 
idea is selfishness, money-loving, money-grabbing 
and debt-making; every fellow for himself and 
"Gain m el Eric,' 7 for the hind-most; when real con 
dftions are looked squarely in the face, it is impos- 
sible, not to think of the foundation on which we 
■stand. Present condtions are forcing an examina- 
tion of our foundation, and it is being looked into 
as never before. 



134 

CHAPTER XV. 

THE EARTH AS A OONUTRY TEACHER. 

Great numbers have been, and are still, living on 
prospects. Prospects are good things, but when 
it hey fail or slip away, and the numbers keep in- 
creasing who are Avithout any other support, some- 
thing more substantial must be had. Something 
that will not fly so quickly — something more docile 
and less scary. 

Prospects, are as good as anything else, as long 
as they can be passed for cash at the bank; but 
when the bank shuts down on them, and you have 
to carry your prospects away in your hand, or in 
your bosom, it is very embarrassing. 

The trouble at present is, too many are suffering 
from an overproduction of unproductive prospects. 

When a man gets a large amount, or number of 
prospects on hand, on which he cannot realize, and 
this is all he has for support, he is called "hard 
up"; and this condition seems to have become some- 
what chronic. 

When a man thinks he is going to realize on pros- 
pects and can not, the result is disappointment. 
Disappointment, is the distance and difference, be- 
tween anticipation and realization. 



135 

The time used to be, that people with gold, would 
trade it off for almost any kind of a prospect; but 
they are now so familiar with the distance between 
anticipation and realization, they want the best 
•of security and the other fellow to bring around 
his prospects with interest on them in cold cash. 
This has upset the sale and exchange of prospects; 
and left dull and discouraging times for every one 
without legitimate business. 

There are, and will continue to be, plenty willing 
to swap prospects for prospects, but purchasers for 
cash cannot be relied upon to snap up every thing 
that comes along as in * k boom'' times. 

The man who has nothing, must get something. 

How? Earn it: work for it. 

Who is going to employ him? 

If he cannot get any one to do it, he must em- 
ploy himself; he must become a "boss" and dicta- 
tor, and have himself for a subject. By practicing 
on himself a while, he will know now all about both 
sides of the question. By being his own master 
and his own servant, he will understand the sub- 
ject of both capital and labor. 

He must so on to land and &et a living from the 
soil according to the Creator's plan. 

That is the meaning of these times clearly and 
unmistakably. 



136 

In one sense, they might be called hard, not prop- 
erly understood, they might be considered tough 
and gloomy. 

Looked at, through the trinity of nature and nat- 
ural development, present conditions can be easily 
understood; when understood, they can be cheer- 
fully endured; for then, labor is not labor — it is 
only pleasant effort to reach a desired end. 

"BE FRUITFUL AND MULTIPLY." 

"Be fruitful," are the first words spoken; and 
this is the first thing to do to get a start. 

To "be fruitful" means, to be industrious; to be 
productive of fruit. It does not mean just the 
study of the multiplication table of human beings; 
it means, to have fruit for the children to live on. 
It means, to provide for the present to meet the fu- 
ture; it means, intelligent and thoughtful care of 
conditions and results. It is something in advance 
of multiplying. The text is, "Be fruitful and mul- 
tiply." It does not say multiply without being 
fruitful; it is a command for care and provision be- 
fore multiplication. 

It does not say to the pauper, multiply paupers; 
but as the Creator Himself, was fruitful, in advance 
of man's coming by preparing the earth for him to 



137 

live on, He said to man, "Be fruitful,' 7 for He knew 
the importance of preparing in advance of life for 1 
the support and development of life. 

The desire and way to multiply is easy and does 
not need any cultivation or training, but caring 
for the multiplication is another thing. To do this, 
requires fruitful thought and frugality. 

Conditions the world over show, that people have 
confounded the word "Fruitful" with the word 
"Multiply," and have multiplied faster than they 
have been fruitful to provide for results. Fruitless- 
ness means provision for the fruit that is produced. 

Like every other law of nature, increasing and 
multiplying is a law unto itself and creates condi- 
tions that build up or destroy themselves. 

Infancy is a tender age, one that needs care and) 
nursing. 

In the great work of creation, growth is an im- 
portant factor, and time is necessary to growth. To 
ibe in the right direction, growth must harmonize 
with Time and Space. 

Perfect development is growth in harmony with 
Time and Space; when growth contributes to hap- 
piness and perfection, by reason of growing, it is in 
harmony with nature and natural law and in the 
right direction. Present conditions mean, that 



138 

the increase and spread of the human family has 
reached a point, where it is time for the family to 
stop and take a look at its shape, and see how it 
agrees with, Time and Space. See whether its 
growth is in a direction to contribute to happiness 
and perfection by reason of growing. 

If not, it must change its course and shape and 
get in harmony with right conditions. 

If the increase and spread of dollars is of such 
great importance, how much greater, is the increase 
and spread of life? 

Here is something worthy of deepest thought. 
Understanding and regulating the subject of life, 
is the highest work of life. 

If the increase and spread of life is important, its 
shape and direction is equally so. Without life 
grows and spreads in the right direction, it s out of 
balance and harmony with itself. If not in har- 
mony with perfection, it is imperfect and out of line 
with happiness. 

Man was made to grow and spread and become 
great and grand, but he can only become great and 
grand as he grows in harmony with nature and 
natural law. He can only grow in this way, as he 
goes in the direction pointed out by the author of 
life and nature. In the direction pointed out as the 
way to "dominion" over al things. 



139 

If he does not go in the direction, in which 
he is told "dominion'- lies, he cannot hope to find or 
attain it. 

The Text is too important to slight or pass over 
lightly. 

To be understood and appreciated, it must be 
looked at on all sides and under all conditions; it 
is a subject that can only be understood and ap- 
preciated as life increases to prove its truth. 

The increase and spread of life proves its truth, 
and will continue to prove and make it clearer as 
time advances. 

If not the most important text of all, it would 
not be first. 

WHAT ARE WE TALKING ABOUT? 

The increase and spread of life. Whose life? 
Man's. 

The" term man implies consciousness. The term 
consciousness implies man's knowledge of himself 
and other things. 

To have knowledge of himself and other things, 
lie must be aware of conditions and relations to 
which he is subject; he gains this knowledge 
through his nature; by being a part of the trinity 
of creation and nature. 



140 

Man, is the fruit of the union, between God and 
the Earth; between Spirit and Matter. God is his 
Father, and the Earth is his Mother. As it is a law 
of nature, that the union of two different bodies or 
substances create a third, the nature of which is 
like the two united, man being the fruit of the 
union between spirit and matter, partakes of the 
nature of both; and it was the most natural of all 
things in the order of creation, for the Father, when 
he put the infant man, on the bosom of Mother 
Earth to nurse and grow, to tell him about his 
mother; how to treat her and what she would do 
for him. As the earth is the mother of man, and 
man's growth and development depends upon both 
parents, the one next to him, the one he sees, feels 
and lives on; the one who gives him cake and can- 
dy; the one he is first and constantly with, is the 
natural one to study and know first. 

Therefore, the Father said, "Be fruitful, and mul- 
tiply, and replenish the earth, and subdue it." In 
speaking this way, He was unselfish. He wanted 
his wife, man's mother, to receive attention and be 
honored.. He knew, when the offspring grew large 
and strong through time, and knew the mother, she 
would tell of the Great Father. Tell of His great 
works and wonderful powers. Tell how He is able 



141 

to make the inanimate conscious; how He is able to 
make the dust rise up and think and speak, and 
call Him blessed. 

He knew, as man grew large and strong, he would 
sit on mother's lap and look at bright stars and 
shining worlds above him; that through her, every 
singing bird and fragrant flower would proclaim 
Him. "Great is the Father, and great is Mother 
Earth." 

TIME IS CONTINUOUS AND UNBROKEN. 

To harmonize with Time, life must be continuous 
and unbroken. 

Life cannot be represented by a broken chain. It 
must be by one continuous and perfect. 

By finding the parentage of man, and by looking 
at life as an unbroken chain, we get our bearings 
and find our way. 

God is the author of man, He made but one, and 
He made him in the shape of a conscious germ or 
fceed to grow and become large as a grand whole, 
to fill Time and Space unbroken. 

The conscious world cannot be filled any faster 
and farther than consciousness grows to fill it. 

When God made man, He told him something. 
He told him what to do. In telling him this, He 



142 

ispoke as God, not as one man speaking to another. 

In telling him, He spoke in harmony with His 
Godlike nature, in harmony with His relatons to 
Creation and life. 

Therefore, to be understood, God must be looked 
at and heard in His Godlike nature, as the head 
of All Trinities talking tothe head of one Trinity. 

When God, told man to a be fruitful, and multi- 
ply, and replenish the earth, and subdue it," it 
might be said, He was talking to Himself, about 
Himself; for man was a work He had just finished 
and He was putting His own work in operation, 
when He told man what to do. 

Only for the increase and spread of life, God's 
voice would hare been lost ages ago on the desert 
air; only for this, His sphere would be insignificant 
and His kingdom a graveyard, without hope of 
resurrection. 

Only for this, if He could survive at all. He would 
be a Being of labor and not one of rest; for every 
time He wanted a man, He would have to get some 
earth and work to make one. 

By making man to increase an spread, he is in 
harmony with the infinity of creation; in this way, 
he takes on God's image and likeness, by covering 1 
Time and filling Space. He can only do this through 
continued growth. 



143 



Knowing that God made but one man, and by 
looking at life as an unbroken chain, man is more 
in the image of God today, than was Adam in the 
Garden of Eden ; because he is that much older and 
larger, and knows from actual experience and ex- 
istence through many centuries more than he did 
when a seed in the shape of Adam ; man konws now 
from living, from spreading and growing over Time 
and Space, Adam only knew from being told, and a 
woman had more influence over him than his 
Maker; man knows now the difference between 
God and a woman — that is, the majority of them 
do. 

The older and larger man grows the clearer and 
more important will the text grow under considera- 
tion. 

By looking at life as an unbroken chain, we see, 
hear and feel the entire length of creation ; creation 
is unbroken, and all batteries are inorder and open> 
from the first word spoken down to the present 
moment. 

By looking at life as an unbroken chain, God's 
voice is as much clearer today as the difference in 
time between breathing into Adam's nostrils, and 
the breath we are now drawing. 

By looking at life, as an unbroken chain, the 



144 

words spoken to Adam, are just as much clearer as 
the increase and spread of mankind has been great. 
If the increase and spread of life is important and 
desirable, its support is equally so, and a knowl- 
edge of where and how to get it is indispensable. 



145 

CHAPTER XVI. 

THE EARTH AS A PARENT 

Man was not told to "multiply/' without being- 
put in possession of a way to live and support the 
increase; Where and how to do it was made plain to 
him. 

Knowing the importance of life and its growth, 
let us now look to its support. The exact order of 
nature was followed in imparting knowledge to 
man; his attention was first directed to the earth 
out of which he came. Being taken from the earth, 
he is naturally interested in it on account of its 
near relationship and it was important he should 
know it for this reason, if no other, first of all. 

The text follows the exact order of nature and 
creation in imparting knowledge. When a baby is 
born, the first thing in the order of its nature, is 
breath; the next, is food. This is the order followed 
in making man and imparting knowledge to him. 
God first breathed into his nostrils the breath of 
life, after this He told him where to get food and 
how to continue to get it. 

He was told of mother earth and labor, and he 
found it and still finds it, just as told in the be- 



146 

ginning. And man and his mother are still here 
bound together by the chain of labor — and man can 
only progress and grow according to the order of 
nature, and the way pointed out. 

It is a law of nature, that conditions take care of 
and provide for themselves. The earth regulates 
and puts conditions in order that are out of order, 
and by so doing, builds up and regulates man's 
progress. 

Some parts of the earth are always open and in- 
viting settlement from overcrowded parts. An- 
other feature is, deposits in the earth are a source 
regulating man's progress and development; there 
are always deposits in the earth inviting labor and 
invention and stimulating hopes of wealth and 
happiness. 

When disappointments and disasters come in 
other pursuits, man turns to the earth as his never 
failing parent and says, "mother will support me 
if I labor." 

It is a fact, that disappointments and disasters 
fill other pursuits, and The Earth is now the only 
hope, the only rock on which to build. Many con- 
ditions are taken for disastrous which are only 
blessings in disguise. 

People complain of hard times when in good 



1-47 

health and there is an abundance of everything to 
be had through intelligence and labor. 

THEN WHY HARD TIMES? 

It is a law of nature, that Time brings out the 
true condition and t alue of everything. 

Eevery man's life bears fruit: his true nature 
and habits may not be known for a time; he may 
drink for years and not have it known; he may 
steal and not get caught; but sooner or later, his 
true character will come out. It is the same with 
a nation, as with an individual. It may go on and 
on apparently progressing, but sooner or later its 
foundation will be exposed and its true condition 
revealed. 

One may live on borrowed money and prosper ap- 
parently like a "green bay" tree, till the last pay- 
day comes, then, suddenly and to the surprise of 
every one, but himself, he finds himself on the 
street. Pay day is the test of prosperity. 

If people speculate and are extravagant time 
makes it known. 

The amount spent over the income must be credit, 
or so much off of the main loaf; it represents loss 
or gain in any event. 

If man is industrious and economincal, that will, 
be known. 



148 

The facts about present conditions are, too many 
have been trying to get rich off of borrowed money, 
and in anticipation of wealth from borrowed capi- 
tal, have lived extravagantly. Prospects in many 
cases have exploded, and left holders short on both 
credit and cash, with a lot of extravagant habits 
and debts on hand to contend with like rats in a 
cellar. 

This is a trying fix, for the most ingenious. 
Where a man has habits of his own, he is not able 
to support, to say nothing about those of a large 
family, and a few intimate friends, and being pound- 
ed by creditors night and day, he is between double 
bars. It is bad enough to be pounded by creditors, 
but to have a lot of habits you have petted, turn 
around on you at the same time and worry you, be- 
cause you cannot gratify them is ingratitude of the 
rankest order. 

When buckwheat is only a cent a pound, not to 
have enough to get one cake, is rough on the pro- 
ducer of buckwheat as well as the individual who 
has a strong appetitite for cakes. 

HOW CAN GOOD COME OUT OF HAED 
TIMES? 

Hard times are the result of departure from nat- 
ural law, or not understanding it. 



149 

Eevery one is a consumer, but every one is not a 
producer. 

It is a law of justice as well as nature, that 
every individual able to work, should perform use- 
ful and intelligent labor, to the extent of reasonable 
support. 

There is enough produced in the United States 
for the support of all, but the trouble about the di- 
vide is, all do not help produce it; and some who do 
help, do not always get their share, and those who 
do not help, sometimes get too much. 

It cannot be denied or overlooked, borrowed 
money and emigration have been a great source of 
■our development. A desire for sudden riches is 
also very prominently before us. 

Kesults from these causes show for themselves. 
'[Now every opportunity is offered for redemption, 
and all can be redeemed through nature and natur- 
al law ; but in no other way. 

If natural conditions are allowed to prevail, in a 
few short years the people will thank heaven for 
these times, on account of the wisdom and experi- 
ence gained from them. 

LET US SEE WHAT WE HAVE BEEN DOIXG. 

Times have not changed or opportunities gone, 

true conditions have simply come to light, and peo- 



150 



pie are discovering what they have been building 
on and with. The good sense of the masses will 
bring order out of confusion as soon as they see 
clearly from facts which way to go. Present con- 
ditions are brought about through natural causes, 
and are to mark an epoch in the history of man- 
kind and the world. 

Natural law has come to assert itself and claim 
its own; it has come to speak to man in a voice of 
thunder, and make an impression on him that he 
will ever remember. 

It has come to'ask him, what he has been doing, 
and w hat he proposes to do ; it has come to demand 
respect and obedience; it has come to say to him, 
"you are now old enough and large enough *to un- 
derstand, and walk in the path of knowledge. 1 ' 
This is the meaning of these times. 

They have come at the right time and in the right 
way to establish a "base idea;'- one to underlie all 
other ideas, one upon which all other ideas must 
rest and be based. 

The "base idea," should be, The unincumbered 
home on the soil. The farm and home without a 
mortgage on it. A farm, where a family can earn 
their support by their own labor, and labor to earn 
it; this must be the "base idea" of the American 
people. 



151 

These times mean, too many have forsaken the 
soil and too many have mortgaged it. That debt, 
extravagance, and idleness, are the moth and mil- 
dew over the land; that they are fetters on the feet 
and chains around the body; this condition cursed 
people in olden times, and is the curse today. 

The man who has been wise enough to stick to 
the soil and keep a mortgage off of it, knows noth- 
ing of hard times. 

Potatoes with him at ten cents, are worth just as 
anuch to eat, as at ten dollars; and he can live on 
them, just as long, regardless of price, if not forced 
to sell them out of his mouth to pay interest. 

By doing a reasonable amount of work, a man 
ican be an independent gentleman on an unmort- 
gaged farm, and inform every one else they can 
enjoy the same privilege and independence. 

A man in reach of good soil, is not entitled to 
sympathy or charity if able to work. These times 
mean, that more must go on the land, not to get 
rich, but earn a living and make a home; it is 
a blessed good thing for the people and the country 
that it is so. It is not a hardship to live on land, 
but a privilege and a blessing; every industrious 
family can get a good support from an unmort- 
gaged farm with ordinary intelligence. 



152 



CHAPTER XVIII. 

THE EARTH AS A MIRROR. 

The danger confronting the American people, is 
not that foreigners who come here will tear down 
the government. While the United States is sur- 
rendering land and privileges to the foreigner, the 
danger to the American, is in thinking, he is going 
to be smart enough to live by his wits, and let the 
foreigner do the hard dirty work. 

The foreigner who does the work and builds up 
a home free of debt, will be here supporting the 
government, when many born here, will be short 
on patriotism, wits and cash, through scheming to 
avoid legitimate labor and trying to live outside of 
common sense; many are beginning to recognize 
this condition. 

The industrious foreigner, who has been wise and 
patriotic enough to take a good piece of land and 
make a home on it and keep a mortgage off of it, 
is the peer of the best of them. 

The time has come, for more truth and less 
"taffy," more facts and less complaint. 

The man waiting for politics to right his wrongs, 
is wasting his time. The great majority must help 
themselves instead of some one else. 



. 153 

That which can be mathematically demonstrated 
is not prophecy. To. predicet great and rapid 
changes in the future does not require deep thought 
or penetration, all conditions indicate it. 

The increase and spread of mankind is a force 
that cannot be resisted. ♦ 

This was seen in the beginning and provision 
made for it. One billion and seven hundred mil- 
lions of people on the earth, all born with wants 
that cannot be shaken off; three billion and four 
hundred millions of eyes and ears, listening and 
looking, for something to cover bare backs and fill 
empty stomachs, is altogether a different condition 
from one lone man and woman on the earth, clothed 
in fig leaves. 

With one billion and seven hundred millions to 
grow from, all with passions, desires, loves, hates 
and ambitions, the increase and spread of the hu- 
man family must be very much greater in the fu- 
ture than the past, and changes and revolutions 
must be inproportion. 

With seventy-seven millions of people now in the 
United States, the increase and spread must be 
much greater in the future than the past. If the 
population grows here in the future as the past, in 
the year A. D. 1925, there will be one hundred and 



154 

forty millions, and this is only twenty-seven years 
hence. 

In the year 1950, there will be two hundred and 
eighty millions, and so on. If times are dull and 
labor markets overcrowded with seventy-seven mil- 
lions, what is jt going to be with one hundred and 
forty millions so near at hand? The baby born to- 
day will only have time to grow up and get 
through school when it will be one of one hundred 
and forty millions. 

Then the greatest thing on earth will be a home, 
free from debt; one that landlords and creditors 
cannot disturb or take away. 

Tramps, vagabonds and speculators, will not save 
or keep up a good government; they will help pull 
it down. 

The unincumbered home and homeholder, the 
man with a home to love and fight for, whether he 
be native or foreign born, is the one who will build 
up and save the nation; preserve peace and promote 
prosperity. 

Intelligent action is always necessary and de- 
manded, always has been and always will be. That 
which is necessary and demanded at the present 
time, is a "base idea;" a plan on which to grow and 
stand individually and nationally. 



155 
WHAT DEMANDS THIS?. 

Natural conditions; the growth of mankind and 
the forces and operations of nature. 

The first thing necessary is to unload a load not 
wanted, and get something that is. What load is 
this? A load of ignorance, false ideas and debts. 
Where did so many pick up al this dead weight and 
useless rubbish, and how did they happen to load 
up with it? 

It has been years accumulating; false teachers, 
leaders and notions, have been sowing and blowing 
over the land until the crop is now like one of wild 
mustard. 

Every one has been looking for prospects; but 
looking for, and being a good judge of prospects, 
are two different things. 

Many have seen objects ahead they have taken 
for bright prospects ; very flattering ones. And the 
more they pursued and looked, the more certain 
they were, that they were genuine prospects. But 
on getting up to them, found they were "mud hens" 
instead of game birds. 

Many have loaded up with prospects, not that 
they expected to use themselves, but to turn over to 
some one else at an advanced figure; but promises 
and obligations became due before they could un- 



156 

load, and they are now rubbing their heads by the 
wayside thinking what to do next; this is a serious 
condition calling for treatment. 

When great prospects are loose in the land, walk- 
ing around six feet high with bangs and a trail on; 
when corner lots are going up in cities and there is 
"money to loan for every kind of an enterprise that 
promises a quick return, it is hard to keep the farm- 
er's son on the monotonous farm. 

He wants to go to town, get a clerkship, smoke 
cigarettes, and wear liver-colored shoes with pick- 
axe toes. He goes ; and every time this young man 
writes home, he asks his father for money to buy a 
Mcycle, and advise him to sell the farm and come 
to town where it is not so lonesome. This Has been 
going on until cities are overcrowded, and in thou- 
sands of cases, a foreigner owns the "old home," 
and the boy who left the farm for a clerkship and 
liver-colored shoes, is now a tramp. His employer 
failed in business and had to give the clerks an in- 
definite vacation; expenses and competition broke 
him up, and left him in a place called "The hole." 

When a man gets in "the hole," without a dollar, 
everything is unusually dry and flat with him, until 
he catches a glimpse of something he thinks is an- 
other prospect, or a large flock ahead of him. Then 



157 

he brightens up and quickens his step to get nearer 
the old-time, familiar objects; and sometimes he 
gets out, and sometimes he gets farther in "the 
hole," and takes a whole lot of good people in with 
him who were never there before. 

"The hole," is a treacherous place to fool around 
and a hard place to get out of when once in it; espe- 
cially when it commences to cave. 

Well, here we are, and more coming. 

There seems to be whole families and holes all 
around us. What is to be done? 

When too many get in the same fix, there is not 
sympathy enough to go around. But the right and 
duty to be a man, a whole man, a white and intelli- 
gent man, can never be buried in a hole or any- 
where else. 

Thank goodness, the earth with all its supplies 
and teachings is left; with or without a mortgage, 
it cannot be taken away. A creditor can foreclose 
his claim on a little piece of it, but the earth itself, 
he has to leave, where his mortgage describes it. 

THIS IS A GREAT BLESSING. 

If this was not so, the earth would be full of 
holes; it would be like a sieve, if creditors could car-' 
ry off that on which they foreclosed; you could look 



158 

through it and see clear out on the other side of 
China. If this was the case, some one would be 
falling through all the time and getting hurt, or 
hurting some one on the other side. 

The second start after getting out of "the hole," 
with wind gone, is different from the first start, 
where you had bright prospects, but no experience. 

When you come to start the second time, you 
often find your confidence in others gone, and that 
which they had in you gone with it; both ran away 
together; and you feel as though one of your chil- 
dren had run away to get married, and your wants 
were all you had left. 

But let us give praise; let us be thankful we are 
here, and that a wa}^ has been provided whereby 
we can live as long as we stay. 

Let us be thankful, that disappointments and 
struggles are full of value and rich experience. Let 
us be thankful, that experience some times saves us 
when nothing else will; that it brings cash, when 
every thing else fails. * 

Let us be thankful for unselfishness; let us be 
(thankful that we have not gathered all the experi- 
ence on the highway of life, but have left plenty 
back on the road for others, where we found ours. 

Some time a go, not long since, we spoke of de- 
spondency and depression before birth. 



159 

Yes, birth is a serious period, but is offset by the 
hope of future happiness — by the growth and devel- 
opment of life. 

All that is necessary to make times prosperous 
and happy, is for people to look at things in the 
right light. All that is necessary to make times 
[prosperous and happy, is for people to have one 
great, large "base iea," on which to base the bal- 
ance of their other ideas. 

The "base idea," should be to build according to 
the design of the 

DIVINE DESIGNER. 

Let us look once more at the unbroken chain of 
life; at the Trinity of creation, and examine this 
design. 

Pardon is asked for repeating and saying it over 
and over; f ogive this time, and it will not be re- 
peated again if possible to avoid it. 

Eternal Life, is the fruit of the union between 
Eternal Time and Eternal Space. This is the Su- 
preme Trinity — the Supreme Designer. 

Man is the fruit of the union between God and 
the Earth. 

The fruit of the union between man and the 



160 

earth, is Home and Happiness — "Be it ever so hum- 
ble, there is no place like home." 

Have you a home? If so, where is it? Is it 
yours? Or are you paying rent, or interest on a 
mortgage? 

MAN'S FIRST HOME IS ON EARTH. 

It is here he prepares for future life; impressions 
received here last through eternity. It is from 
here, he is launched into hell or heaven; then it 
must make a difference what we do here and how 
we do it — it certainly does. 

To build up a home and be happy, man must do 
that which he was told to do. 

WHAT IS THAT? 

"Subdue the earth/ 7 Man comes from the earth, 
lives on it and goes back into it, therefore he should 
be master of it and overcome it. When he does, he 
will rise above its conditions; then, instead of turn- 
ing from the earth, for light and strenth, we should 
turn to it. 

Times are what people make them — they have 
power to make any and all kinds. If they go in the 
right direction, they will be good; if not, bad. 

Time and times both teach which way to go and 
what to do. 



1(51 

I do not appear before the world as a prophet, 
but I wish to go on record as being able to see 
through an open door, one that is wide open with 
a sign over it, telling where it leads. 

I wish to declare before the world, that I see and 
feel a great, large, live force in and throughout cre- 
ation; one that is forcing everything before it. I* 
wish to declare to the world, that the increase and 
Spread of life, has an effect upon life. That from 
this cause, social, political, industrial and educa- 
tional conditions arise and must forever be guided. 

I wish to declare to the world, that twenty tons 
are heavier than one ton; if the weight is increased 
twenty times, it is just that much more on the scale 
beam or foundation. 

It does not require the gift of prophecy or deep 
penetration to see the present and read the future — 
in a few things at least. 

If fifty gallons of boiling water and fifty of ice 
water, were put together, it would make one hun- 
dred gallons, the temperature of which, would be 
an average between the two. 

Doubling the population of a country, changes 
its condition and increases its needs and demands. 

If all kinds and grades of people come together 
to form a government, the national character will 



162 

be the average of the grades united; neither boil- 
ing or freezing — possibly hike warm, or about right 
in which to wash the feet. 

If a man consumes beyond his capacity to pay, 
the difference between consumption and cacpacity, 
is debt. 

If he consumes and has nothing with which to 
pay, he is either a burden on himself or society. 

WHAT AKE THE FACTS. 

This country can and does produce much more 
than it consumes. All it ships abroad is in competi- 
tion with the world; the commerce between the na- 
tions is the common level of the world; it repre- 
sents the world flowing together. This level is 
growing and becoming broader every day. Through 
the medium of transportation and communication 
the world is being brought together as a common 
whole, through this medium a baby born in India, 
or Japan, can and will, come in competition with 
the American baby. 

This country already has a labor capacity be- 
yond the demand of employment, and every unem- 
ployed laborer is a competitor of the one employed, , 
or would be. 

As long as the capacity to produce is greater 



163 

than consumption, and labor exceeds employment, 
to this extent, are prices and industry affected; to 
just this extent, are there dull or good times. The 
condition of one regulates the condition of the 
other. 

WHAT ABE THE FARTHER FACTS? 

• 

Laboring classes are increasing faster than other 
classes; just in this proportion the supply of labor 
is rising above the demand; with this presentation, 
when are better times than now coming for the 
laboring man? 

LET US LOOK FARTHER. 

Let us grant the world is full of money and good 
money; if the one who has it, cannot use it at a 
profit, there is just as much made in letting it lie 
idle. He is just as wise to sit still and liYe on that 
Which he has, as to put it out without profit and 
take the chances of losing it. 

If the laboring man cannot find a market for his 
labor, what is he going to do? He is not any differ- 
ent from any one else who has a commodity to sell; 
he has labor to sell to produce something, instead 
of something to sell that labor has produced; the 
difference between a man who has labor to sell, and 



164 

one who has something to sell which labor has pro- 
duced, is the difference between a nickel and a five- 
cent piece. 

Both are competing with the world and living off 
of labor — without, it is some special article that 
only some special one can produce. 

If the capitalist cannot invest his money at a 
profit, then his money is simply out of employment; 
it is like the laboring man who is idle and not get- 
ting ahead. Idle capital is money not working; 
money not workng is as bad as a man not work- 
ing, it will drag itself and everything else down by 
idleness. 

I do not wish to go on record as a prophet, but 
as being able to recognize natural conditions. 

These times are not any different from any other 
times, only as time makes them so. 

IN THE LIGHT OF DEVELOPMENT THEY 
MEAN MUCH. 

Every one knows what an axe is; they also know 
it makes a difference for what it is used — whether 
for chopping wood or taking life. 

A rope is an innocent looking tool, and every one 
knows what it is; they also know it makes a dif- 
ference for what it is used — whether to make a 
halter for a horse or a man. 



165 

It is the same way with these times ; they are in- 
nocent in appearance, but they are to mark an 
epoch in the history of the world; in the history of 
mankind and creation; and I want to go on record 
as recognizing this fact. 

I want to go on record, that I did not take a 
black bear for a black squirrel, because both live 
in the woods, and are black. 

The truth comes to light in some cases slowly and 
it often takes a long time to get prepared to receive 
or comprehend it. 

If life is not an unbroken chain, reaching from 
earth to heaven, then the Bible better be torn up, 
the churches down, and science ignored. 

Many thoughts come and go on subjects we only 
know through faith. Faith is a belief that some- 
thing exists, hope is a desire to attain it. 

Hope is just as much a reality as any other real- 
ity; it is the path leading to reality; it is the veil 
covering reality until the hoper is old enough, 
strong enough, and sufficiently intelligent to be able 
to know and be trusted with the truth. 

Hope is a provision in creation for the entertain- 
ment of the human family while looking for the 
truth ; the truth is a knowledge of reality. 

Hope is sometimes better than reality; reality in 



166 

• 

(the form of hope, is often better and stronger, and 
serves a better purpose than as though it stood in 
full view. 

The uncertainty of the attainment of hope, is also 
a blessed provision, and a strong feature in its 
favor. 

To illustrate, let us suppose, when the King of 
Kings arose from the dead. He had celebrated his 
victory over death as victories of great importance 
are usually celebrated. Let us suppose, when He 
came out of the sepulcher, He had marched up town 
with His grave clothes upon His arm, followed by 
a brass band, and celebrated His victory over the 
grave; let us suppose He had mounted a platform 
and lectured on "sights and scenes in the other 
world: or three days in paradise." 

Let us suppose, He had assured the people with- 
out any doubt, that there is a better world beyond 
this, reached through the door called death; that 
He had seen God and talked with Him; that God is 
all forgiveness and all love; and at the close of His 
lecture on the beauties and certainties of the here- 
after, let us suppose, He had bid the people a fond 
good bye, and invited them all to come and live with 
'Him in a kingdom cf glory that He would reign 
over forever; where there were no partings, no 



167 

work, no sorrow, golden streets and no taxes; then 
raised His arms and turned into a beautiful spirit 
and disappeared in the clouds. 

What would have been the effect of removing 
uncertainty from hope and turning it into a reality? 

What would have been the condition on earth 
that day and that night? 

Everybody would have cast the grave aside as 
nothing; and committed suicide to follow Jesus and 
be with Him in His kingdom. 

The rush to the Klondike for gold would be noth- 
ing compared to the rush for eternity, if hope was 
unclouded. Every emotional person who had a 
butcher knife, or could have borrowed a razor, 
would have cut their throats, and the earth would 
'have been covered with putrid corpses beyond the 
possibility of living on it, if anyone had retained an 
Inclination to stay, after hope of future life had 
been made a certainty. 

A man would commit suicide before lie would do 
a day's work. Even now, with a preacher pictur- 
ing eternal torment, and no hope for the sinner, 
plenty prefer taking the chances of a suicide in pref- 
erence to working on earth. 

Everything is just right and just as it should be, 
even to the nature of hope. 



168 

It now serves as a balance wheel ; if any different, 
it would be a buzzsaw. 

The King of Kings came to stimulate faith and 
build up hope in man, to give him a chance to 
igrow; to turn his hope in the right direction. He 
tame to give him milk in the shape of anticipation, 
not meat in the shape of reality. One ray of posi- 
tive living evidence as to the great hereafter, would 
be more than the human family could stand, with- 
out being prepared in advance to receive it. 

Knowing the other world in advance of getting 
ft here, would be like a child knowing this one in 
advance of birth, and fretting and worrying over 
the future here; wondering how it was going to be 
treated. 

One grand provision of birth is, all parties are not 
conscious of it at the same time. It is a good thing, 
that consciousness does not come too soon; it is a 
Messed provision, that the one being born is not 
conscious of the importance of the event at the time; 
if it was, it would add a great many years of unnec- 
essary worry to life and annoyance to parents. 

Life is a succession of conceptions and births. 
Life is evidence of light. By observing the order 
of creaton, we find light is preceded by dawn, that 
the change from darkness to light is gradual; that 
the noon day sun is never turned on to midnight 



169 

darkness ; that the period between night and day is 
a growth of light, not a sudden burst of it. 

So it is with knowledge and the development of 
man : this order in creation is necessary to consume 
and dispose of time. Nothing in the world is so 
wearing and depressing as time that rests heavily 
on the consumer; where it does not pass pleasantly 
and profitably. Sometimes the hours preceding 
morning light are filled with anxious unrest, some- 
times with sw^eet dreams. But whatever it may be, 
that which fills the mind and heart in no way 
affects the coming of light, that is a condition be- 
longing to Time alone, and when the time comes 
Sot any condition to appear, it has to appear, no 
matter who is waking or dreaming; dressed or un- 
dressed. The fact that one believes or disbelieves 
in the coming of light, neither hastens or delays its 
arrival; it is the same way with all things in the 
order of creation and nature, when the time comes 
for the appearance or disappearance of certain con- 
ditions, they are certain in coming and going. 

Certain conditions are promised and looked for 
through the order of creation in man's develop- 
ment. 

Upon the fulfillment of certain conditions man is 
promised dominion over certain things, which do- 



170 

iminion is very minutely and particularly specified 
to be, "Over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl 
of the air, and over every living thing that mo vet h 
upon the earth/' 

Man's dominion is confined to the earth and 
things upon it, Avhen he replenishes and subdues it. 
He is not promised control anywhere else as man, 
only on earth. 

As soon as this text is made the "base idea'- for 
action, and its nature and importance fully compre- 
hended, man and the earth will be revolutionized 
in the twinkling of an eye; then will hope turn to 
reaiity, and the future to a bright and shining light. 

This condition belongs to Time and growth, and 
k certainly coming. When it fully dawns upon 
man, life will take on a bright form, and the light 
of the millennium, like the light of morning, will 
foreshadow the noonday of perfection and intelli- 
gt nee. 

Man is not the author of life, he is the evidence of 
an author; he is a regulator of life, only to a certain 
extent in a certain way; the forces that create and 
regulate life, are so arranged, that man cannot in- 
terfere with them, without affecting or interfering 
with himself. 



171 

CHAPTER XIX. 
THE EARTH AS THE HEAD OF EDUCATION. 

The great force back of man, the one that has 
and must continue to regulate him, is the increase 
and spread of mankind. This keeps up a constant 
rise in the river of life. As the river rises and 
grows broader and deeper and flows on, it is lost in 
the great ocean of humanity; so those who navigate 
it, must have an anchor and a compass to guide 
t<hem as time bears them out and carries them on: 
to people on the Earth, the anchor of life, is the 
Earth. 

The increase and spread of mankind has a double 
operation, it affects those in existence and those 
to come; a field occupied and filled up, is different! 
from one unoccupied; the business of man, is to reg- 
ulate affairs pertaining to himself. 

He undertakes to do this through education. 

Education consists in knowing what to do and 
how to do it. It is impossible to know what to do, 
without looking into natural surroundings; the 
nature of our wants and the Avay to meet them. 

The needs of man are so great and varied, it 
takes the united efforts of mankind, to supply all 



172 

needed; industry is a chain covering this necessity. 

As the spread and increase of mankind goes on, 
it becomes a natural force calling into existence 
new and varied conditions; new education, new in- 
dustries, new thoughts. 

Before education of any kind can be advanced or 
attained, there must be a foundation on which to 
rest it. The foundation of education is found in 
man's wants; in his being a denpendent being; in 
being obliged to unite outside objects with inside 
desires to live. 

To bring an object to the support of a desire, re- 
quires action and effort; to unite right objects and 
desires, requires knowledge; hence the need of edu- 
cation. 

EDUCATION CONSISTS IN MOKE THAN ONE 

IDEA. 
» 

It consists in a chain of ideas wisely covering all 
conditions. It would be impossible for one indi- 
vidual to know all things and be able to do all 
things — this would be too much knowledge and 
power for one to have or be trusted with, outside 
of the Supreme Ruler. Hence, the different indus- 
tries and different talents scattered around and 



173 

possessed by different ones in different localities 
and occupations. 

Certain things are needed by all and common to 
all, to this extent, education is on a common level 
and sought through a common channel. All re- 
quire food and knowledge of how and where to 
continue to get it. 

Food is necessary to man, animals, birds, insects 
and fishes. 

It would seem with this common necessity run- 
ning the entire length of the chain of life, that by 
this time, the universal relation between the ani- 
mate and inanimate, would be sufficiently under- 
stood, to at least solve the food problem; that suffi- 
'cient education and experience would have been 
gained, to make the question of food supply, simple 
and easy; that every one would know just where 
and how to put their hands on, at least, enough to 
eat. 

That they do not, shows there is something defi- 
cient in education and educators* 

The Head of Education and the business world, 
points out the way to get food and all other things. 

He says, "Be fruitful and multiply and replenish 
the earth and subdue it"; to do this, requires labor 
— hard toil accompanied by sweat. It does not 



174 

mean to stand off and try to talk a field of weeds 
down, bnt to down them with the plow or some 
other implement; it means to gather a harvest from 
seed sown by the hand, not planted altogether by 
the mouth. 

Natural law says, man was made to labor. To 
unite an outside object with an inside desire re- 
quires action; this natural action, prompted by 
want; is called labor; but it should be, pleasure. 
Man is full of desires on the inside that yearn for ob- 
jects on the outside; transferring one element or 
substance to put with another to support life, is the 
basis of existence; this is the foundation of labor, 
all that keeps humanity moving and makes it inter- 
esting. 

Sweat and brains belong together; brains decides 
what to do, and sweat does it. 

One trouble at present is, certain classes assume 
to furnish the brains and want others to furnish 
the sweat. This naturally causes friction and gets 
up irritation between near and important relations. 

The great need, is a more equal distribution, of 
not only wealth, but intelligence — especially in- 
telligence. 

If the man who furnishes the sweat, will culti- 
vate more brains of his own, instead of letting some 



175 

one else furnish them for him, lie will save a large 
amount of moisture, and set a healthy flow of per- 
spiration rolling off of the other fellow; which 
would be beneficial to both. 

Notwithstanding the great numbers, the great 
discoveries and inventions, there are thousands un- 
able to solve the food problem — not to mention 
good clothes. 

As long as education rests upon natural law, it 
should aim to understand and make clear its own 
foundation; it should aim to cover the nature and 
demands of Time and the effect of life's growth. 
Ii: should teacji, that the present is the time to pre- 
pare for the future in business, as well as religion. 

That a foundation must be laid on earth to get to 
heaven. 

The knowledge gained on earth, about the earth, 
is the foundation of life hereafter: that all worlds, 
lives and things become known through education. 
That if it is necessary to provide for the develop- 
ment of life hereafter, it is necessary to provide for 
its support right now. 

SUPREME MEANS ABOVE ALL. 

This being true, the word of the Supreme Teach- 
er, is above all others in wisdom and value. 



176 

Man knows the nature and effect of certain ele- 
ments — elements like fire and water. 

If a lighted match should be put on a dry prairie, 
and a flame should start and run and spread and 
increase and burn for six thousand years, it is easy 
to imagine that the fare of the earth would look 
very black and be greatly changed from a single 
spark. 

If a hole should be made in the bottom of the 
ocean, the size of an inch auger, and as soon as the 
water commenced running through, the action of 
the running water, should commence tearing and 
making the hole larger, and it should keep on, rip- 
ping and tearing and running, for six thousand 
years, it is easy to imagine, that a large body of 
water would accumulate from this cause, and if 
provision was not made for its care and use, it 
would be without value, if not destructive. 

When the Creator turned a spark of life into a 
flame, and set it to running and spreading over the 
earth, in the shape of mankind, to be driven by 
whirlwinds of want; cyclones of passion and ambi- 
tion; to rage and roar for thousands of years, He 
knew what the effect and result would be, of put- 
ting this conscious element in motion. He knew 
that forests would be hewn down, that rocks would 



177 

be turned over, and the earth looked into from cir- 
cumference to center. That as the flames of life 
spread and man. grew, the One who lit the match 
would be looked for; and the question would be 
asked, Why He lit it: and that Time, the Fatner of 
all things, would reveal all things; and the One 
who started the flame of life, would be discovered 
<md brought to light, through the light kindled. 

The match was lit and the spark of life turned 
into a roaring llame to make matter conscious of 
existence and man conscious of a Maker. 

Now that man has grown and spread like a flame 
for thousands of years, and in many cases been 
fruitful and mauy not: now that he has subdued 
enough of the earth to have understanding and 
know there is a Supreme Teacher, with a Supreme 
work to do, he can see all and know all by taking 
ithe text and weighing it in the light of Supreme 
intelligence and Divine truth. 

The truth may be a long time coming, but get 
here soon enough after all. 

GREAT IS THE TRUTH. 

Thousands, yes generations, have waited and 
watched through tears and pleadings: with strain- 
ed eyes and attentive ears, they have looken for 



178 

sails, and listened for the dip of a golden oar on the 
silvery waves of Time, bearing a messenger with 
tidings of the truth, which they have not yet seen 
nor heard. 



179 

CHAPTER XX. 

THE EARTH AS EVIDENCE OF TRUTH, 

Long, long ago, a messenger came and brought 
the truth and left it with man, to accept or reject, 
as he might see fit; man has never been without the 
truth; it was told to him when he was made — he 
has simply overlooked or forgotten it. 

In discussing and looking for the truth, let us 
pause here and ask, were those who have gone be- 
fore, or are those now looking for it, prepared to 
hear and know it? 

Suppose the time and the form, in which the 
truth will come, were known, and no preparation 
had been made to receive it, what advantage would 
there be in knowing it? Like everything else, the 
truth must be reached through Time and growth. 

Teachers, preachers, school books, law books, 
prayer books and church steeples, all look and 
point to future development as the guiding star 
and hope of life. They teach, that the future will 
be affected by conditions of the present. Let us 
suppose a human being was taken where it could 
suddenly overlook the universe and see the truth, 
what would be the effect? It would be like put- 
ting a fly into a blast furnace, or having a child put 



180 

its hand on a wire attached to the most powerful 
dynamo, to study electricity: its investigation 
would only go as far as touching the wire once. 

The truth must cover all Time and all conditions : 
otherwise, it is not all of the truth. 

To a certain extent, the future must remain 
largely a mystery and matter of speculation; when 
it gets beyond this, Time will be brought together 
and the future and the present be as one. 

To a certain extent, the future can be judged and 
determined. When man gets so he can read the 
future and prepare for its emergencies, he will be 
a wonderful being. The future can be read now, 
the same as a head light can be made to light the 
track in front of an engine; the head light is limited 
in its power and capacity to show the track only 
for a certain distance, it cannot light it the whole 
way. 

The future can be divided into two parts, the im- 
mediate and remote; both parts can be partially 
read through known conditions and the trinity of 
Time — particularly the immediate. 

So far as human needs and knowledge demand. 
Time can be mathematically united and read. 

Tn mathematics, through given or known quanti- 
ties, an unknown one can be found or determined. 



181 

To the extent of knowing the present and the past, 
the future can be read and determined with mathe- 
matical clearness. 

We know present needs and means of meeting 
them; we know some conditions which have ex- 
tended over the past, must extend into and over 
tne future; we know increasing weight requires ad- 
ditional weight to balance it; we know increasing 
life increases demands to meet life; to this extent, 
the future can be read through natural law and the 
mathematical arrangement of time. 

The future has two very prominent features, one 
is hope, the other fear. That which adds to hope is 
happiness, that which adds to fear is the reverse; 
consequently, anything that clearly adds to hope, 
is to be desired and should be cultivated. Natural 
law presents just as many stars of hope as there 
are stars above: We conclude from this, that hope 
huist survive, or there would not be anything for 
which to hope. 

We admit there is much space without stars, this 
is not evidence, however, that it cannot or will not 
be filled with them. The way to reach a star, is 
often through great darkness; and it is a fact, that 
stars can be seen best when surrounded by dark- 
ness, therefore it is conclusive, that there is some- 



182 

thing besides darkness in the world and something 
darkness cannot put out or tear down. 

By responding to the hand of labor and yielding- 
support, the earth teaches hope as well as the stars. 

As the Truth must cover all Time, as well as part 
of it, to read and know the future, conditions re- 
pealed by Time, must be taken to determine un- 
knoAvn ones — or those desired. 

When we come to look for the truth, covering 
fctny part of Time, we must go to the source from 
whence truth emanates and look at it from the 
fountain head. 

When man can unite Time to cover the truth, and 
truth to cover Time, then can he measure progress 
and development; being able to do this, is evidence 
of growth and progress. When Divine and natural 
law agree, there is no doubt about having truth 
for a foundation; to know the truth, has been the 
desire of sages, philosophers and saints. Many 
have known it, but lacked evidence to convince 
others. 

The one who holds sway and can prove all things, 
is Father Time. 

He is able to do this, because he has possession 
and access to all parts of Time: the past, the pres- 



183 

ent and the future — it is in his power to prove it, 
regardless of periods or locations. 

When Father Time puts his official seal and en- 
dorsement on anything; it is so, or he would not 
endorse it. 

He endorses the text under consideration and 
illumines the future with its truth; and calls in the 
nullionair? and beggar to sw^<u to it. Every cow 
dition of society is proof of n. 

If every one was fruitful, if every one was self- 
si»pporting, if every one labored to gain the domin- 
ion promised, human beings could not multiply fast 
(enough to be in each other's way or a burden to 
each other on the earth. 

The fact that many are not fruitful, the fact they 
multiply without paying any attention to com- 
mands, the fact, that a part are a burden upon an- 
other part, the fact, that they try to get away from 
labor instead of up to it^the fact, that this text is 
not recognized and acted upon by all, as the well- 
spring of- truth and the fountain of strength, is 
evidence of man's ignorance and lack of growth in 
the path of light. 

I wish to go on record, as seeing a hole in the wall 
of human affairs. Let us see what the condition 
would be if the truth of the text was recognized and 



184 

acted upon by all as the "base idea." The partition 
between man and his Maker is a very thin one: man 
is God in an unfinished state: man is God reaching 
out to fill Time and Space with conscious life and 
intelligence. 

Man, to become wise, must have experience; to 
gain this, he must pass over a sufficient amount of 
Time to become familiar with natural laws and the 
working of Time. It is just as important that he 
should know what destroys and separates, as that 
which unites and builds up ; hence Time and experi- 
ence to get this knowledge: as Time is one of 
God's attributes, it is not strange, man should con- 
sume a few centuries to find out the truth: while 
looking for it, he pays the taxes, supports the pau- 
pers and fills the jails and insane asylums with 
'himself: all this adds to his experience and helps 
him find the way. When he finds it, and the truth 
dawns upon him, he is another being, and the world 
and all his surroundings are transformed. 

I wish to go on record, as saying, that midnight 
darkness is breaking and the dawn of light grow- 
ing: that this dawn is a reflection of man's growth, 
which in Time, will be a light unto itself: that as 
man grows and spreads in all ways and directions, 
the truth of the text will grow and spread with him 
till clear to all. 



185 

Everyone is interested in the truth, everyone is 
interested in what Time has brought and will bring. 
The truth comes from being aware of perfection 
and imperfection, of strength and weakness, of our 
relation to creation and creation to us: this cannot 
be known instantaneously, or in a short Time. 
Knowing the truth, is seeing by the light of Time: 
one who knows the truth, has a vision extending 
in all directions. He is like a ball that rolls with 
the incline or force behind it. 

In tryng to approach the truth and find out and 
get under its influence, there are two avenues lead- 
ing to it: one is called stern realities and cold facts, 
the other imagination. 

A STERN REALITY OR COLD FACT, 

is something that can be seen and felt — it is some- 
thing very cold, very real, and very stern. 

Imagination is trying to determine what is on the 
opposite side of a hill that cannof be seen over. 

From natural surroundngs and the climate we 
are in, by examining the vegetation and character 
bringing about Divine ends, the Supreme Anarchist 
Divine command, is to, "Replenish the earth and 
of one side of a hill, the general nature of the oppo- 
site side, can sometimes be determined, by the aid 



186 

of imagination and that which is found on the side 
we are on. It is so in studying the truth. 

THAT THERE IS A FUTURE TO TIME, ALL 
AGREE. 

What is in that future for man, none can possibly 
tell: some may tell, and tell correctly, but cannot 
prove they are correct till up high enough to see 
over the hill. 

A great many evidencs around us suggest faith: 
faith suggests hope, and hope suggests patience 
and contentment to wait till the truth can be 
known. By knowing there is a future, that we are 
going towards it and it is coming towards us; that 
the future is only time in advance of us, which we 
are absolutely certain to meet, it is reasonable to 
presume, that conditions which Time has proven to 
be true," will apply to one period as well as another, 
whether ahead of or behind us. 

Life is a trinity with conditions corresponding 
to Time. 

THE FIRST CONDITION OF LIFE IS INCEP- 
TION. 

Incepton is the life germ planted in man by the 
Creator. Conception is the union of the elements 



187 

of life in two bodies to form a third, the result of 
which, is birth, or new life. 

By looking farther back into nature, for shades 
and shadows by which to read the future, love is 
found to be a trinity, corresponding in nature with 
Time. 

Love commences in soft glances and sweet 
words : these are the advance agents of 



A TENDER PASSION. 

A young person who has not spent much Time on 
earth, might not be able to read and understand 
the nature of a "soft glance," or sly wink; but an 
experienced mother, might read in one wink the 
history of a life, and turn the winker and blinker 
out of the house, before he could make a second 
movement with his eye. 

The next link in the trinity of love, is the 

FOND EMBRACE. 

When this is reached, the trinity is complete. 
Love is the flickering light and lightning bug 
flashes of inception : of that which is planted in hu- 
man nature. But by following the path and the 
chain, we find, that innocent smiles, often end in 



188 

stern realities, and lead the smiler, not only to see 
what is one one side of a hill, but all over it. 

By tracing life in its different stages and trinities, 
from smiles to love, and from love to reality; and 
by connecting the trinity of knowledge and nature, 
we learn to read Time; and that which may seem 
like imagination, is the shadow forecast by real 
form — there never was a shadow without a sub- 
stance to make it. 

From shadows of imagination, we are lead to 
look for the substance that makes them. 

In looking for the truth, whether through cold 
facts or imagination, there is one thing that never 
fails to present itself and prove itself to be true, 
and that is, that every condition must end in intelli- 
gence. 

Without this condition prevails, diamonds might 
as well ornament cast iron, and gold, lead. 

To presume that anyone is going to enjoy perfec- 
tion without being perfect, that devils would be 
happy in the sphere of angels, is absurd. 

In looking for the truth, through the eyes of im- 
agination or stern reality, if possible, let one im- 
agine how he would feel waking up in the grave: 
what the sensation would be, if he should feel the 
dust creeping together and assuming his form on 



189 

earth; and he was actually conscious that he was 
really waking into eternal life. Imagine if pos- 
sible, how he would feel lying there waiting for the 
trumpet to call him forth to join the hosts of 
heaven: imagine him, called out of the dark earth 
to rejoice and sing forever with angels. 

When he saw the contrast between his imperfect 
condition an dthose made perfect through Time and 
good works, how could he be happy without intelli- 
gence and perfection to fit his surroundings? 

When the light of the truth dawned upon this 
imperfect soul, heaven would be a place of torment, 
and he would look for the grave to crawl back into 
to hide his awful condition. 

We can see this through the eyes of imagination, 
because there would be lack of harmony in natural 
surroundings. The drunkard to be happy must be 
drunk: he is miserable when sober: if not a drunk- 
ard, he would not get drunk. 

The truth is impressive and important, because 
it is an endless chain to which every one is at- 
tached; we are carried down or up according to our 
relation to it. 

It is impressive and important, because as soon* 
^s a man beholds it, he sees the contrast between 
human weakness and imperfections, and the great- 



190 

ness and grandeur of things eternal; only for the 
fact, that man has all eternity in which to grow, he 
would be without hope. 

When he realizes this, he is encouraged to turn in 
the right direction and press forward to a high end. 
Being an heir to eternity he must govern himself 
Iftccording to eternal laws to inherit and enjoy his 
eternal gifts. When he realizes this, and looks to 
see what is demanded and where he is, he finds 
himself in the wonderful mansion planned and con- 
structed by the Supreme Architect of the universe, 
filled with endless beauties and wonders. 

Truth is the product and offspring of Time: it is 
a light shedding light upon Time, and revealing the 
contents of Space. 

By this wonderful light man looks back to 
his beginning and forward to his end; and he 
cannot look at and examine his condition, without 
seeing and thinking of much more: to look at him- 
self and think of himself, he must look at and think 
of the One who made him. To do this, he must 
look at and think of the order of creation: to do 
this, he must look at and think where the order 
'jcomes from; and so on, till he finds himself sur- 
rounded by infinity and measuring worlds by the 
light of Time and Truth. 



191 

The test of truth, is harmony with Time and 
Space. 

If Time should bring to light the fact, that which 
had been taken for truth did not agree with it: that 
which was so taken and supposed to be the Truth, 
would have to be given up, for Time can stand and 
Error cannot. 

Time is the measure, not the thing being meas- 
ured. That which does not cover or fill the meas- 
ure, is deficient; not the measure. 

As looking at and trying to know the truth, is 
looking at and studying creation, as near as we can 
ever come to the truth, is through a knowledge of 
the operations of creation — through a knowledge of 
conditions that control man. 

This light cannot be revealed any faster than it 
can penetrate the mind, and it cannot penetrate any 
faster, than there is capacity to admit, and ability 
to understand. 

It would take a long time to fill a barrel by put- 
ting in a single drop at a time. It would take a 
long time to dig a large cellar by taking out a 
single grain of earth at a time: this is the way the 
truth is received sometimes; it comes in single 
drops and single grains: then again, it may come 
like a flood or avalanche. But no matter, which 



192 

way, or what way it comes, we must be prepared to 
receive and act upon its dictates. 

Man is a servant under its command, it is not 
under him. 

We come now to look at the text in the light of 
truth and measure it by the great and perfect meas- 
ure of Time. 

IMPORTANT AND IMPRESSIVE IT IS. 

We first look back over ages, and see what man 
has done; how he has grown and what on; what he 
is doing, and how doing it; what he expects to do, 
and what he must do. 

When we do this, we see he has grown; that he 
has been through many things, seen much, suffered 
much, has much. We also see some conditions have 
not changed: that man is still on the earth, and 
still looks to the earth for support. 

This condition has stood the test of Time, there- 
fore, it must be the truth. If it is the truth, it must 
be from the fountain from which truth flows; for 
there is but one fountain of truth, and that is the 
wellspring in the everlasting heart of eternity. If 
this should dry up, life would become extinct. 

The truth is impressive and important, because 
we are effected by it: it is doubly so, when knocking 



193 

at our very door and we know we must stand or fall 
by it. 

When we know this, we know we are being lead 
toy the light of creation: when we know this, we 
recognize the light of the world. If this is true, 
and it must be the truth if Time says so, the end 
must come, and the design of the Great Designer 
must be carried out, no matter how many ages or 
generations it may take to do it. 

Infinite plans and designs are never changed, if 
they were, they would not be infinite. The whole 
lorder, of nature would have to be reversed to 
change the text, "Be fruitful, and multiply, and re- 
plenish the earth, and subdue it." 

This text harmonizes with man's wants and 
necessities, the laws of nature and creation. Man 
is now old enough and wise enough to examine the 
text for himself understanding^, to look at it in the 
light of the truth and comprehend its meaning: 
when he does this, he sees his possibilities and be- 
holds himself in the light of present and future de- 
velopment: when he does this, existence becomes a 
state of elevation, and an object is presented for' 
which, and on which, to build. 

It has, and will, take Time, to prove the full truth 
of +he text: it has, and will, take Time, for man to 



194 

grow to fully understand and enter in to the spirit 
of it; but he is old enough now to see it and shape 
himself to meet it. 

Subduing the earth, as the fulfillment of a Divine 
command, as the foundation of future development 
and earthly happiness, as the solution of a great 
problem, is altogether a different proposition from 
Scratching over the ground as a servant to some 
one else to get a few dollars to put into poor chew- 
ing tobacco and bad whiskey. 

Su! ciuing the earth, as a foundation on which to 
build, as a regulator of the human family and hu- 
man affairs to provide an independent home, is al- 
together a different proposition from living on 
land, without any knowledge or appreciation of its 
exalted position and relations. 

In addition to that which has already been said, 
I wish to go on record as saying, from tiiis on, re 
plenishing and subduing the earth, will grow hi 
importance — not because it is here asserted, but 
because natural conditions are forcing and demand- 
ing it from every direction, and will continue to do 
»so, until the truth of the text is universally recog- 
nized and made the "base idea" of the human fam- 
ily. 

Evidence supporting this belief is without end. 



195 

The great force back of it, is the increase and 
spread of mankind: monopoly, poverty, division in 
society, failures as well as success in business, all 
point to replenishing and subduing the earth as the 
"base idea": As the chief occupation, as the true 
foundation of man. 

Those to be supported must live on that which 
supports them, this is self evident. 

Water or any other fluid finds a level, so will 
mankind. Mankind is not as thin as water, but is 
a moving substance, thin enough to run in every 
direction and after everything, consequently must 
sooner or later find a level. It does not require 
prophecy or deep penetration to tell this. 

Development is the struggles and hardships of 
birth* transferred and continued. This is true of 
worlds, nations and individuals. 

MANKIND IS SPOKEN OF AS THE HUMAN 
FAMILY. 

This family is large and lives on land, not in the 
water. 

By looking at mankind as a family, as a long-lived 
family, as a large family, as one spreading and 
growing in every direction with a father and a 
mother interested in its development both for tran- 



196 

sitory and eternal purposes, it is easy to see, how all 
things must turn to good, to properly develop the 
Ifamily, and make it see and recognize the truth. 
This work is plainly and openly going on, even the 
variegated colors and notions of the family are 
working to this end, like boards and timbers of 
different sizes, kinds and lengths, that work in in 
putting up a structure. 

Every time labor frightens capital, every time 
capital forms a trust and oppresses labor or shows 
to those outside of a trust they cannot compete 
with combined opposition, every move of this kind, 
calls attention to the growing necessity of going 
out onto the face of the earth and subduing it to 
maintain independence and manhood. 

Another strong indication in this direction is, 
there is no way by which anarchy can be scentifi- 
eally and intelligently conducted; it being outside 
of law and order. 

JEHOYAH, 

does not attempt to build outside of law and order, 
and certainly an anarchist cannot hope to go be- 
yond the Great Ruler. As long as the Father of All 
cannot build order upon disorder, the anarchist is 
certainly assuming a great deal by trying it. 



197 

But by doing so, he serves to develop and bring- 
out the truth of the text; this is the only place 
where he does fit, or tend in any way towards the 
slightest good. 

Every time an anarchist opens his mouth or gets 
out his bloody flag, he makes some one think about 
going out onto the earth, where a living can be had 
away from the hideous thing; where a man can be 
a man by contributing honest labor and paying hon- 
est attention to the demands and rewards of his 
mother. By bowing down to and kissing the black 
face of Mother Earth, he can live and be a nappy 
child, while anarchists are destroying themselves 
through disorder. Anything as devoid of science 
and intelligence as anarchy, is to be deplored; but 
the anarchist is doing his full share in an imperfect 
and unintentional way towards establishing the 
truth of the text, by driving people out to "replen- 
ish the earth and subdue it." 

When it comes to establishing Divine law and 
bringing about Divine ends, the Supreme Architect 
works in everything from broken bricks to spotless 
marble; from honest farmers to ranting anarchists. 

The truth must cover all points and work in all 
directions to prove it is the truth. If a dam was be 
ing built to hold water, everything that worked in 



19S 



to serve the purpose would be valuable, uo matter 
whether it was sticks, stones, dirt, grass or feathers. 
It is so in bringing the truth of the text to light, 
the Divine command, is to, "Beplenish the earth and 
subdue it." If all forces do not support this de- 
cree, the text must fail. But where all forces do 
support it, it is the truth, and the truth must pre- 
vail. 

ALL FORCES SUPPORT IT. 

Man's growth, his wants, his fears, his fortunes 
and misfortunes; his harmony and lack of harmo- 
ny; his loves, his strength and weakness, all drive 
him in this direction and turn to this source. 

God must have a foundation on which to stand 
to be God. 

He must have Eternal Time and Eternal Space in 
which to exist, or He is not infinite. If a limit can 
be fixed in which He can be confined, or by which 
He can be measured, then He is a finite and no 
longer an Infinite Being. 

If a foundation is necessary for the Supreme 
Ruler to stand upon, how much more so is it for 
those who are ruled by Him? It would be impos- 
sible for the Supreme Ruler to make something out- 
side of Himself. While He has to stand and exist 
on law and order, it would be impossible to make 
man exist outside of it. 



199 



CHAPTER XXI. 
THE EARTH AS MAN'S FOUNDATION. 

The foundation of anything is that on which it 
stands : man is of the earth and from the earth, con- 
sequently the earth must be his foundation, and 
the more perfect he makes the foundation, the 
stronger and more perfect he makes hjmself: the 
more he elevates his parentage, the more he is ele- 
vated. 

The earth corresponds to Space in creation. 
Eternal Space is God's mother: The Earth is 
man's. 

Man is the fruit of the union between spirit and 
matter, consequently he partakes of the nature of 
both parents. 

If the great work of the Supreme Trinity is in 
making matter conscious, then the natural and high- 
est work of man is bringing life support and protec- 
tion out of the earth through labor; this is the first 
and natural stepping stone to something higher; 
through the channel of producing that which sup- 
ports him, he is placed in contact and made to grow 
in acquaintance with that out of which he is taken 
and is to continue to make him. The earth is the 



200 

kindergarten of existence; the play house where 
man becomes familiar with the elements and work- 
ings of nature, the inanimate, the animate, and con- 
scious animate. The earth is the stepping stone 
and introduction to elements and things to come. 

Man was made in God's image, the same as a 
baby is in the image of man; a baby possesses the 
form, nature and elements to grow to be a man; 
but it requires growth and development to become 
such; the image without the development, simply 
means a baby and no man. 

PROGRESSION IS AN IMPERATIVE LAW OF 
CREATION. 

One not progressing is falling behind in the race 
of existence. There is such a thing as unconscious 
progression, and such a thing as unconscious retro- 
gression. 

Time brings out true conditions in this respect 
but it may take a long roundabout way to do it. 

Some things are left to man's discretion, some 
not; while he loves life and clings to it, he 
must support it, in order to preserve and elevate it; 
while this is progression, there is a work going on 
outside of him, ais the result of his action, or non- 
action, which is a constant evolution and force ere- 



201 

ating new condition against him. This force draws 
to him and away from him at the same time; it 
tends to build him up and tear him down at the 
same time In so far as man acts with intelligence 
and in harmony with the higher aims of natural 
law, or in so far as he fails, he has a force lifting 
him up or pulling him down. If part act 
with intelligence and part do not, there are two 
forces, the stronger which must predominate; as 
intelligence is stronger than ignorance, an intelli- 
gent minority can overcome an ignorant majority in 
many ways. 

It is not only the business of man to act with in- 
telligence, but impart intelligence; not only for 
the benefit of others, but for his own safety, to keep 
from falling a prey to ignorance. 

Every one who contributes to the increase of life, 
should be able to contribute intelligence to direct 
its growth as well as substance to support it. With- 
out this, it is easy to see, where the "base idea" 
might be lost sight of, and where there would be 
many opinions and much confusion. 

"A BASE IDEA" 

must be established for a foundation, for order can- 
not come out of disorder, or certainty out of uncer- 



262 

tainty: There must be a place to start from and a 
place to go, to maintain and perpetuate any work. 
Man should know what he is living for, what on, 
where and how he gets it, how long it will last, 
and all about it; to do this, he must have a founda- 
tion, and there must be a base and a foundation to 
the foundation, on which he must stand and live, 
and from whence all support and all things must 
be taken. This is given to him, and this founda- 
tion is 

THE EAKTH, 

the foundation furnished by nature and nature's 
God, back of which man cannot go, and from which 
he cannot depart 

These times mean, that Time is revealing and 
bringing to light natural and true conditions: 
Father Time is a great detective; he pries into and 
exposes everything. No wonder all tremble and 
confidence is shaken when he comes around; the 
remedy is adherence to divine and natural law, 
recognizing and bowing down to the truth and 
loving it because it is the truth. 

It is worth all the toil and all the sorrow, to 
know the truth; if man can be convinced of, and 
positively recognize the truth in these times, he is 



203 

rich, and his reward is sufficient for all sacrificed. 

When he knows the truth, he knows which way 
to go, and what to do; the truth tells and shows 
him. When the truth shows him which way to go, 
he has a road without end; one on which to travel 
where every step brings new beauties and new 
light. The truth comes to some as a hardship, but 
when once in harmony with it, they bow down and 
call it blessed. 

Let us suppose the truth was recognized and be- 
ing truthfully and honestly carried out; that the 
"base idea" was in full force and operation, and 
Divine and natural law prevailed in reference to 
"replenishing and subduing the earth." Conditions 
would be just as much in advance of anything ever 
known on earth, as the sun is greater and higher 
than a street lamp. 

Let us suppose the "base idea" was to "replenish 
the earth, and subdue it." To make and possess 
beautiful and happy homes; let us suppose, the un- 
employed, instead of hanging aroung dingy streets, 
dirty alleys and low places in cities, were building- 
up independent homes on land; breathing pure air, 
cultivating manhood and womanhood, and were 
self-supporting and self-respecting; the country 
would be a flower garden flleld with music, intelli- 
gence, refinement and virtue. 



204 

Let us suppose, a state exists, whereby great 
numbers from all classes are obliged, to go into the 
country and live on the soil, instead of hanging 
around cities trying to live off of each other through 
uncertain speculation and poor wits: would such 
a condition be a misfortune? No, emphatically no. 
It would be a blessing to the country and humanity. 
That condition is apparent now. 

Those who had to go, may not think so at the 
time, but after finding how much better they can 
live from honest efforts, free from endless annoy- 
ances and uncertainties, they will thank the mis- 
fortune that drove them on the land, hardships and 
hard times are necessary to development. Debt 
drives people from place to place; not being able 
to pay, forces them into new places and new condi- 
tions; stoppage of growth in one place, or way, 
starts it in another. 

When a man fails in business, he should not be 
discouraged, he should comfort himself with the 
thought, he is wanted and can be more useful some- 
where else; a failure in one place, should be taken 
as notice of being on the wrong track, and a change 
should be made cheerfully. 

It is hard to console poverty, it is hard to praise 
misfortune, but the world is full of both to be met 






205 

and comforted; there is a cause for these conditions, 
or thev would not exist; as long as they do exist, 
thev must be contended against in the best possi- 
ble way. 

Poverty and misfortune, make people think; they 
test character, and show of what one is made; 
where they cannot be overcome and held down, they 
serve to make weary souls more satisfied with 
death. If every one enjoyed good health, lived in 
luxury and had all that heart could desire, death 
would be a terrible and awful thing to approach; 
but after being storm-bound and tempest-tossed for 1 
years on the wings of life, one is more willing to let 
go; sickness reconciles the sufferer to the end to be 
met; pain, poverty and misfortune take away the 
terror. 

When a poor, unfortunate comes to die, if 
without any strong belief in future happiness, he 
cannot be robbed of the comfort, that he is not 
leaving any very good thing behind; and with this 
consolation, he drops off with comfort drawn from 
misery and misfortune. Hope cannot be robbed 
entirely, not when misfortune brightens the star. 

Conditions that drive people onto land are not 
misfortunes. 

There is a great problem to settle and only the 
light of the truth can settle it. 



206 

How can man grow and progress and keep on a 
straight road of progression? Growing is one 
thing, progression another. 

Growth can be lop-sided and crooked; the body- 
can grow large while the head grows small; growth 
and progression must be altogether to' reach perfec- 
tion 

A general plan of employment must accompany 
growth of population to insure proper development 
and progress; a comparative few can manufacture! 
for the many ; a comparative few could produce f ot 
the many; but competition prevents this from be- 
ing the case, and enables all desiring work to find 
a way of support by earnestly looking for it on the 
earth. 

It is true, a large class of consumers hold an un- 
certain place between land and water w,ithout a 
sure footing anywhere, or a sure hold on anything. 
But by following the text and looking for light, 
from whence light emanates, they can go to the 
earth, and by so doing, find they are helping build 
up paradise. 

The conditon that unjoints society is, every one 
is a consumer, but every one is not a producer; ev- 
ery consumer must live off of labor, but every con- 
sumer is not willing to labor and does not. In so 



207 

far as the consumer fails to make adequate return 
for that which he consumes, he is a burden and 
hindrance to society; every thing consumed, not 
paid for, represents less to the one who furnishes it. 

No man is obliged to hire another without he has 
something for him to do, with a profit in it; if there 
is not a profit in it, then it is charity. 

The laborer who is able to work for some one 
else, should be able to work for himself; if he is 
sufficiently intelligent to point out the faults of the 
capitalist, he should command credit and ability toi 
handle capital on his own account. The real facts 
are, there are too many able to consume more than 
they produce; in the language of trade, they are 
"long" on consumption, and "short" on production. 
This is a serious fix in which to be,without plenty of 
horse sense, backbone, and faith in the earth and 
the future. i 

There is a great deal of manhood in man when 
put to the test; the majority stand ready to go in 
any direction an opportunity offers to gain support; 
but in emergencies, opportunities are usually scarce 
and fail to come when most desired and needed. 

When opportunities quit offering in attractive 
cities, there is but one place left to go for support, 
if not consolation, and that is to 



208 
MOTHER EARTH. 

This is always ready and waiting to respond to 
labor, mother earth is ever willing to take man to 
her bosom and caress and feed him for his services 
in return. But she -says, "my child, you know my 
nature and my terms, you must get a hold and clean 
the weeds off of my face, and for this, the harvest 
shall be yours in return." 

The fruit of the union between the earth and la- 
bor is man's support. 

Creation is not without a plan; neither is labor 
without an object. Without wants, man would not 
have anything to lead or drive him to investigation. 

Without investigation, he would not know about 
things around him ; without this* he would not be a 
man. Without a knowledge of the grand plan of 
existance, he would be a worthless being; without 
future hope, life would be a burden instead of a 
blessing. 

Man must be in harmony with the conditons of 
life, to enjoy life. One of the conditions of life is, 
that the inanimate must support the animate, and 
by so doing, develop the conscious-animate. 

The inanimate and animate are brought together 
through labor, the animate and conscious animate, 
through knowledge. With man, the chain of life 



209 

pulls downward to the earth, and upward to the 
sky. Every time he touches the inanimate earth, 
and it responds to his animate touch, he is made 
conscious of life rising from the dust. This is nat- 
ure developing nature: creation responding to the 
Creator. That a tramp should be obliged to stop 
tramping and settle down to work and support 
himself and beautify the earth is not misfortune, it 
is a blessing forced upon him. 

Times that force people to work, are called "hard 
times" — this is a misnomer: it is lack of apprecia- 
tion of opportunity. People who are sick and can- 
not work, are entitled to sympathy; those who can, 
are not; any one able to work and help themselves, 
should embrace the opportunity to show their good 1 
sense and sound character by taking hold willingly 
and cheerfully. 

Labor is a law of nature, instituted by the Author 
of man; knowing how to work intelligently is a 
sufficient foundation for a fortune. 

True character and greatness consist in overcom- 
ing obstacles and rising above difficulties; those 
who have not done this, are never heard of as distin- 
guished or great. The character of a great man 
consists, in what he has overcome; in what he has 
raised up and torn down for the benefit of man- 



210 

kin; he cannot sit still and become great — only as 
a nonentity. 

THESE IS A DIFFERENCE BETWEEN 

KNOWLEDGE AND WISDOM. 

Knowledge knows the truth, wisdom is guided 
by it. 

Thousands know the truth, who are not wise 
enough to be guided by it. Wisdom consists, in 
doing the right thing, at the right time, in the right 
way; there is a difference between knowing and 
doing. i 

Every one knows something about the earth; 
even dum brutes, look to it and go to it for support, 
this knowledge born in them, is called instinct, but 
it is Divine wisdom in an unspeaking form. 

To those living on the earth ,the most important 
thing to know is the use and true nature of that 
on which they live. The earth and man were made 
together and belong together, it is the source of his 
support, wealth and happiness, therefore it is im- 
portant they should be acquainted. . 



211 



CHAPTEK XXII. 
THE EAETH AS A GUIDE AND TEXT BOOK. 

The earth is not only the foundation on which 
man stands, but is a guide and text book for him ini 
all things; it not only shows what man has done, 
what he is doing, but what he must do; subduing 
the earth opens every field of thought from the 
Creator to the common laborer. And while first in 
importance, it is least sought, and least understood, 
by too many. 

The cause of present trouble, with everybody and 
everything, is lack of true knowledge of the earth. 

The remedy needed to straighten and bring 
things right, is an understanding of the relation be- 
tween man and that on which he lives. Man is in- 
fluenced by the earth, to an extent he is little aware. 
It is one of the foundation stones of nature; the 
basis of government and religion; the source from 
which want is supplied. 

It is through the earth, that it is now shown, 
something is wrong with man. If not, he would 
not be out of joint and so terribly mixed up as at 
present. . 



212 
WHAT' IS THE MATTER WITH HIM? 

He is not going according to directions; he is 
not paying sufficient attention to first principles 
and the constitution of the Universe. We are ap- 
proaching conditons, when this is to be made clear. 

I wish to go on record, as seeing and read- 
ing it from The Earth, and the book of Creation. 

The One who gave life, knew why He gave it, and 
foresaw the effects and results of its increase and 
spread, and made all necessary provisions for this 
end. Man has not hid or buried anything in the 
earth, that he is digging to get out; everything was 
put there in advance, for his benefit and advance- 
ment to dig for, to discover higher ends and de- 
signs. 

As life grows, and is a part of nature, it is very 
natural for the part needing support, to look to the 
part supporting it. 

As the trinity of nature, is one and inseparable, 
it is very natural for the animate to look into the 
inanimate, and after so doing, become conscious of 
existing relations. 

As life is a growth, as it has parentage, as it has 
a Designer,, the design of its Author must be the 
correct one to follow in reference to its develop- 
ment. 



213 

It is certainly the correct one, as long as it har- 
monizes with all other parts of nature and all other 
Trinities. 

If all the mathematicians should calculate, and 
all the philosophers should philosophise, as to 
what man should do to gain future glory and hap- 
piness, what would they tell him to do? 

Make money? Live in debauchery? Or what? 

If they could see through ages like seconds, and 
divine all things; if they had control of life and 
death, they would say, "let man be in harmony with 
Time and Space." They would say, "to be in har- 
mony with Time, he must have a knowledge of 
Time; to have knowledge of Time, he must live 
through Time to get this knowledge." 

They would say, "let Time without end be made 
glorious with his life, and life in all forms enjoy it." 
This is what they would say; let the dust turn to 
life in every form to enjoy life as it now does." 

They would say, "let hope of the future and mem- 
ory of the past blended for music, and as 
the band of life touches the chords of Time, let 
it awaken everything to harmony and rejoicing." 
This is what they would say, this is what it is now. 
Tim is revealing to man, that which only Time can 
reveal. 



214 

Time is revealing, that life is a universal and con- 
tinuous growth; that it is a growth, which must 
eventually settle itself, in harmony with itself and 
universal conditions. 

Life begets life, and it is going to take life to 
regulate life, and plenty of it. 

By looking into the conditions of life, the millen- 
nium is a matter of almost mathemathical calcula- 
tion. It is only a matter of Time, when contentions 
in life must wear themselves out; when life must 
find a common level and settle down in harmony 
with itself; this is read through the earth, and 
through the growth and spread of life. 

As life grows and spreads, not only individuals 
but nations are coming together on a common level. 
This is natural law. 

Life, in Time, will, cover the earth like an un- 
broken vine; there is more commerce now between 
nations than between the states of the union a short 
time ago: no more is thought of going to Europe, 
than to an adjoining county. 

No more is thought of meeting people of all 
classes from foreign lands, looking for lands and 
making homes in this country and putting a voice 
in the government, than finding ourselves here 
doing it. 



215 

Life, is growing and spreading, apparently un- 
noticed: that it has an effect upon the earth, and 
all other forms of life, is without question. 

These times mean, that the stream of life is rising 
and spreading: they mean, that the world is flowing 
together and getting whiskers. 

These times mean, the world is becoming con- 
scious of a changed condition through growth : that 
it is approaching a condition of manhood and wom- 
anhood, and must govern itself accordingly. 

When I see a dog sucking eggs, I cannot make 
myself believe he is raising chickens — only to get 
the eggs out of the nest. 

When I hear some people talking politics, and see 
them forming organizations to make times better, 
I feel as though I should be criminally negligent, 
by failing to tell how it looks, from a natural-law 
stand-point. 

If I saw a man standing on the edge of a lake 
without a boat, too deep and wide to swim over, 
contemplating how he would cross; and he con- 
cluded the way to get over, was to drink the lake 
dry, and walk over on land, and when over, spit the 
water out and let it form the lake again, I feel as 
though I should be criminally negligent, if I fail to 
tell him, he would drown himself, when he came to 



216 

expectorate freely. That he would find himself 
right in the middle of the lake, the place he was 
trying to avoid and get around. 

When I hear men complaining of employers, tell- 
ing how mean they are, and strike to get rid of 
grievances, then turn around and strike the one 
who is willing to take that of which they complain 
and refuse to accept: when I see the position of one 
pursuing this course, I feel as though I should be 
neglecting an important duty, by failing to tell just 
where he stands in relation to natural law. 

This publication is absolutely without malice or 
prejudice against any one. 

I never went on a strike, never struck any one 
to hurt them, and was never hurt by being struck 
outside of a few gentle corrections when a boy by 
those in authority, who claimed it was for my ben- 
efit. 

Every honest laborer is entitled to profound re- 
spect, regardless of nationality, color, occupation 
or wages. Being born as naked as any baby who) 
ever came into the world, I believe I know what I 
am talking about, and can be legitimately classed 
among laboring classes. In expressing opinions 
on the subject, I do it through education received 
from experience, rather than a school house. My 



217 

schooling consisted in being allowed to observe 
every day events as they passed by, if too much 
time was not taken from work to observe them: in 
addition to this opportunity to observe, I have re- 
ceived knocks in business hard enough to knock a 
base ball clear over an unorganized county, so I feel 
as though I can justly claim the honor and distinc- 
tion of belonging to the laboring classes, and have 
labored hard, to find out the best way to get along. 

Being obliged to work is not my trouble, that I 
may get so I cannot work, makes me feel very se- 
rious — sometimes really sad. 

My disposition is not to oppress labor, it is all 
kindness. If I could have my way, I would feed 
every laboring man on roast lamb and tame honey: 
I would have a large white napkin under his chin 
to wipe the brown gravy off of his whiskers and 
save his shirt bosom. I would have a ruffled pil- 
low case for him to lay his weary head on when he 
lay down at night after a hard day's toil. My will 
is good and my sympathy and respect is good as 
far as any one is able to use it. But if it would 
furnish any real support, I would live on it myself. 

The question is not, what we would like to do, it 
is, what we can and must do. 

Man did not make the world — he did not even 



218 

make himself — but he is placed in the responsible 
position of being obliged to take care of himself. 

Now, what is the best way to do it? 

We say, he must work. There is great complaint 
in the field of labor : what is the matter, and how is 
it to be remedied? 

I am in the same fix as all others, and only one 
of one billion and seven hundred millions in the 
wide round world, have to make a living against 
competition : the question of a living, is equally im- 
portant to all, for all are looking for and must have 
it. i 

What shall I do? Try to put every one out of 
my way, or make up my mind there is room enough 
for all now on earth and all to come? 

I am glad there is not one in existence obliged to 
furnishe me employment; if there was, it might 
spoil me from being independent and trying to be 
self supporting. 

After looking around and thinking, as far as com- 
petent, I think after thinking, that I have made a 
very valuable discovery in reference to independ- 
ence and self support: I have discovered, that a 
man can be very happy and independent and high- 
ly respectable living on land. 

Eighteen years residence on a prairie farm in the 



219 

Ked River Valley, not only convinces, but proves 
this to me. 

LIKE MANY OTHERS, I LIKE CREAM. 

To get this, it is a pleasure to say, I can milk a 
cow and am not ashamed to do it. 

Then there is veal: who is not fond of that? It 
is easy to get this by feeding a calf. 

It is true, every one does not like to feed a calf; 
neither do they enjoy its society. The calf is born 
with the idea of a chronic politician : it is born with 
the idea, it should have a teat in its mouth or three 
or four of them at the same time, and that itshould 
never let go of any of them for the benefit of any- 
oneelse. 

And when you undertake to remove this idea, and 
reform it from this selfish style of thinking it is 
apt, and frequently does, slobber all over you. 

This is not considered by some, the most agree- 
able work on a farm. Especially, where you only 
have one suit of clothes to wear week days and to 
church on Sunday, when the minister gets there. 
But it is necessary to be done for your benefit as 
well as that of the thoughtless and indifferent calf. 

The calf can be forgiven for its calfish ways, when 
a calf: for in after years, it walks into the slaughter 



220 

house a large, fat, fine animal and lays down its life 
for what you have done for it. 

It is full of juicy meat and tallow, and gives you 
a fine hide to make into an overcoat, or make up 
into shoes or a fur bed quilt: all because you fed it 
and treated it well when young and tended. 

A man could not show a greater appreciation or 
make a greater return for kindness than this. 

I am glad to say, I like calves and can feed them 
cheerfully when I think how kind and appreciative 
they are. It is not every one who enjoys weaning 
a calf and teaching it to drink. Because the calf 
raises so many serious objections to giving up the 
born idea. When you put your finger that has a 
horny nail on the end of it, in its mouth, and no 
hole in the middle for the milk to flow through, it 
rolls up its eyes and looks disgusted and resents the 
imposition by giving you a milk punch, or a milk 
shake, that comes nearer being a milk bath than 
anything else. But this only occurs a few times a 
year and under peculiar circumstances; when you 
are trying to take the nature of a politician away 
from it. 

THEN THEBE ABE FBESH EGGS ON A FARM. 

Think how nice these are and the many delicious f 
things they make. Perhaps it is sinful in me, but 



221 

I actually feel proud and haughty to think I have 
hens that lay eggs: This industry of the hen, 
makes me feel independent; and I am not ashamed 
to feed her, because she seems so honest in her work 
and tries to do so much to please me. 

Some people rather go to a grocery stors to get 
their eggs; but it is much pleasanter to deal direct- 
ly with the hen, and leave all "middle" men out. 
There is an honesty about the hen, that is reliable. 
She never cackles over an egg that is a year old. 
If she makes a full over anything, it is something 
fresh. 

The rooster is different from the hen. Still, he 
is a bearable bird. It is true, he scratches in the 
garden some and makes considerable noise crow- 
ing around; but after all, he possesses nobility of 
character: he is very fond of the hen's society and 
a great fighter. I have seen a rooster leave a half 
bushel of shelled corn and run ten rods to whip an- 
other rooster when he was not doing a thing. 

It is not everyone who likes to feed swine on a 
farm, or any where else. But it is very profitable, 
if not so pleasant: it is just as agreeable to wait on 
one with four legs, as with less. 

The hog is a peculiar animal; it has some ways 
about it, you cannot admire: it tries to run over all 



222 

the other hogs and get all there is; but this is its 
nature, and in the end, you get the benefit of all its 
peculiarities. It returns you nice hams, spare ribs, 
lard, head cheese, sausages and souse, for the trou- 
ble of waiting on it: the hog is next to the calf in 
point of appreciation: and my pride rises, when I 
think I can feed this animal, and in return he pays 
me a good price for it. It is not so much the so- 
ciety of the hog that I take pride in, as its value, 
when dead. 

Then there is the horse on the farm. Is not that 
a noble animal? 

It carries you and draws you around, and does 
your work and is an agreeable companion. It is 
easy to saddle a horse and harness one, and make" 
up a nice straw bed for it. I feel quite elevated to 
be able to this this. It is just as honorable to wait 
on a horse, as do some other things. 

But it will not do to brag too much about ac- 
complishments and comforts; it might look as 
though I had, or was getting the "big head" from 
being on a farm, to boast so much of ability to 
feed calves and do so many useful things: It does 
not cause any blush however, to acknowledge that 
I can and am willing to do it, rather than go hun- 
gry. It is not only believed in, but considered a 



228 

great privilege and duty to be able to get a living 
from the earth. 

The one who does not look at it in this tight, 
ought to have something better to do, or not find 
fault with this. 

Then there are nice vegetables and fruits. Think 
of these. 

It is not hard to pull weeds and hoe, when you 
know in the fall you will have a cellar full of pota- 
toes, beets, onions, carrots, turnips, squash and cab- 
bage heads, to pay for your labor. When you know 
you will have a year's living ahead, and cold win- 
ter days will not worry you about something to eat. 
Every individual, no matter how poor, likes good 
things to eat: The man who has a good appetite, 
never refuses good things, and if he has willing 
hands, and able to work, he can always be sure of 
something to live on by working on The Earth. 

The man who has labor to sell, is no different 
from any one else, who has a commodity for sale; 
and labor is only worth what it will bring on the 
market, or what other laborers will furnish the 
same commodity for. This is a natural law of 
trade, and so far, it has puzzled the wisest strikers 
and thinkers, to find a way to get over or around 
it, without discord. 



224 

I am not familiar with labor troubles, or the way 
to settled them. But I am in sympathy with the 
laboring man, because I am obliged to work to live. 
My views and opinions on a strike are not offered 
or expressed on account of their value, for my ob- 
servations have not gone any farther, than to ob- 
serve the difficulties of a strike, and the way in 
which they usually end. 

The strikers' intention is undoubtedly good, but 
the result of his action, is not always satisfactory to 
himself, or anyone else. If he could gain that 
which he desires by striking, he would be a great 
success in his line of reform: but my observations 
of his endeavors to get out of a hole, have only 
been particularly recorded, as far as it agrees with 
the text which is being advocated. When it gets 
beyond this, I am entirely at sea, and wish to be 
left out. 

THE STRIKER IS A USEFUL PERSON. 

Not so particularly for himself, as the world at 
large: his value does not consist so much in extra 
stores carried home for the support of his wife and 
children, as in bringing the extreme elements of 
society together, and in illustrating a great truth: 
he is a living picture of the increase and spread of 



225 

life; he brings out this feature of development to 
perfection, but very often at a sacrifice to his own 
dinner pail. 

When a striker strikes, he has to have something 
to strike for and at: he usually strikes, as he sup- 
poses, at a millionaire ahead of him. The minute 
he does this, the millionaire is naturally not pleased 
with his action, and looks around for some other 
gentleman more kindly disposed to take his place. 
When he finds one more docile and willing to do 
this, without irritating him by asking for higher 
wages; the gentleman who has struck, calls the 
gentleman willing to take his place, a "scab"; and 
not infrequently deals the "scab" a blow that 
makes him see stars; and there are cases on record, 
where he has removed him from the earth entirely, 
for offering to take that which he refused. 

To see the exact use of the striker and appreciate 
his usefulness to the world, the whole situation 
must be taken together. Here is the difficult feat- 
ure of a strike. 

As soon as a striker strikes, he is between two 
fires, both of which are quite warm. He has the 
millionaire in front of him and the socalled "scab" 
behind him: these two extremes are trying to get 
together, because the original striker has aroused 



226 

both by attempting to keep them apart. Only for 
the striker striking, the millionaire and "scab" 
might never seek each other's society but through 
the action of the striker, they clamor to know each 
other and become friends; and when once acquaint- 
ed, they talk over business and enter into business, 
while the State Militia, or United States Army, 
stand over them to enable them to unite their in- 
terests. 

If the striker did not strike, the "scab" and mil- 
lionaire might never have gotten together: the 
"scab" might have starved to death only for the 
striker introducing him to his rich employer: 
through the . action of the striker, the millionaire 
and "scab" are brought together, in this way, he 
serves as a self-constituted committee or introduc- 
tion, to give another man his place. Human na- 
ture is a very queer thing: when once acquainted, it 
often forms strong attachments, and the "scab" and 
millionaire become inseparable friends. 

The striker has a double load on his shoulders, he 
has not only capital to put down, but all the unor- 
ganized and unemployed labor besides. He has 
an army in front of him and one behind him to con- 
quer; he has to whip all of the extremely rich and 
all the extremely poor at the same time; this is cer- 



227 

tainly a hard position to put the best fighter on 
earth in and expect him to succeed. 

A striker is like a man elected to office who as- 
sumes to be larger than his party after election; 
when a man elected to office crows at election over 
the party he has defeated, and when in office, turns 
around and undertakes to reform the party that has 
elected him, he is seldom returned the second time 
to play the same trick. 

When it comes to reading the future, and pre- 
senting the signs of the times, the truth is not con- 
cealed or turned down, no matter where or who it 
strikes. 

The striker is useful, by calling attention to the 
independence of the man living on land, out of debt, 
getting his living from the earth, by doing his owri 
work. To the one, who can go to bed and get up 
when he pleases and be his own master and own 
servant. 

If all men were intelligent and honest and of one 
mind, a strike could be made successful : when this 
is the case, the majority of mankind, will find them- 
selves on a little farm doing their own work: when 
they get to this state of perfection, they can starve 
capital into submission, instead of themselves. The 
only class who can maintain a strike successfully,. 



228 

will be, the independent landowners; those who can 
live on the earth, while bringing the rebellious 
capitalist to time. 

Every laboring man should have about ten acres 
of good land, somewhere in the Great Northwest, 
with a good root cellar on it, that will not freeze; 
then he would be in shape to hold an argument 
against the money powers, provided he kept a mort- 
gage off of his land. 

When all conditions are considered, and the truth 
looked squarely in the face, it is as solemn and im- 
pressive as looking into another world. 

It is so solemn and important, for one, I do not 
propose to depart one inch from natural law, not 
even to contend with anyone about furnishing me 
employment or compensation for it. Nature has 
wisely provided a way for me and all others to live : 
by examining the title to my claims in creation, I 
find, I am in partnership with the Great Creator 
Himself, He furnishes the seed and soil, and all I 
have to do, is furnish the work and take all the crop 
for pay; and by doing this, I find, I can live like a 
King; and in the absence of everything else, the 
elements make pretty good society. 

I now wish to go on record, as fully endorsing 
Moses as to the course and work of man on earth: 



229 

I wish to go on record, as seeing him with new 
tables of stone on which is inscribed, revealed 
truth : truth revealed by the light of Time. When 
Time reveals the truth, it becomes a fixed part of 
creation, when man sees and comprehends the 
truth, he becomes the intelligent or developed part 
of creation. 

When Time, fully reveals to all, that the way to 
"dominion"' is to "replenish the earth, and subdue 
it," then human beings can multiply, and all forces 1 
of nature will drive them in the direction of the 
highest development; because then, .through the 
truth, they will know the object and use of all 
forces; the dawn of this is now approaching, and 
that which was clear to Moses in the beginning will 
be clear to all in time to come. 

When man is in the dark and without any knowl- 
edge, only the light of the past, he should follow 
the knowledge gained from that until he can get a 
better and clearer light of his own. 



280 



CHAPTER XXIII. 
WHEN ALL OX EARTH WILL BE HAPPY. 

All on earth will be happy when the Bible is 
recognized as a Book of Science. 

"Whatsoever man soweth, that shall he reap." 

Here is natural law, plain enough for a child to 
understand. 

"For they have sown unto the wind, and they 
shall reap the whirlwind." 

It is impossible to touch anything without ex- 
ploding a large piece of natural law. 

"FAITH IS A SCIENCE PURE AND SIMPLE. 

Faith is a belief that something exists, or will 
exist. 

The science of faith is, the minute any particular 
thing is believed, you are under the influence of that 
in which you believe; or in a state, you would not 
be in, without faith. 

Without faith, you would avoid the influence by 
passing around it. Faith draws you towards and 
under an influence; want of it, turns you from it. 

If a man had faith in a business enterprise, he 



231 

might put in, both money and labor; if not, he 
would not put in either. 

It is easy to see, that faith, is one of the oldest 
and simplest of sciences. 

If a man had faith in a woman, he might love 
and marry her; if not, he might hate and shoot her 
— either before or after marriage. 

THIS IS NATURAL LAW. 

One who drinks whiskey, is under the influence 
of whiskey. One who believes in Heaven, is under 
a different influence from one who does not. One 
acts according to belief — without he is a hypocrite. 

Where is Heaven? It is wherever harmony ex- 
ists with the Supreme Ruler. 

Where is Hell? It is. all the territory outside of 
Heaven. It is a condition, not a place; it is the state 
of the imperfect. 

How can one get around or out of it? By becom- 
ing perfect. If Hell is a place inhabited by the im- 
perfect, and embraces all the territory outside of 
Heaven, there must be some of it here 

ON EARTH. 

We will not look farther. This is not the sub- 
ject we started out to introduce or discuss. 



232 

When faith is treated as a science, all mankind 
will be religious; for through natural law, they will 
see and feel their relation to a Supreme Being. 

Religion, is the relation of man to his Maker. 

When religion is treated as a science, the ques- 
tion will not be, "Are you a Presbyterian, a Meth- 
odist, or a Roman Catholic? It will be, "What is 
your relation to Future Time?" 

To determine this, will be decided by natural law. 

When a doctor enters the sick-room, he feels the 
pulse, takes the temperature, looks to see what part 
is out of harmony with nature, and what caused the 
disorder. 

He looks at the tongue, to see the effect of what 
the patient has been eating; he then works to re- 
store health by applying remedies to restore natural 
conditons. 

When a man is religiously out of order, he will 
be examined and treated by a 

SCIENTIFIC PREACHER, 

something as follows: 

Instead of asking the patient what he has been 
eating, the first question will be, "What have you 
been thinking about?" 



233 

Then his tongue will be examined, to see what he 
has been talking about. 

After this, he will be asked, what his belief is, 
in reference to the future What he knows about 
the nature and operations of Time. As to belief 
in the future, having an immediate and strong ef- 
fect upon the present; and how, through this 
means, every one can enter instantaneously into a 
state of happiness or torment. 

When one suffering from imperfect relations 
with creation, answers these questions, the Scien- 
tific Preacher will understand his disorder, and go) 
at him something like this: 

If the patient says, he is without clear ideas as' 
to the future, that he does not understand the 
Science of Faith, or how to enter into relation with 
the Supreme Being, he will be treated for this de- 
ficiency in his life. He will be pronounced deficient 
in scientific knowledge in reference to faith, and 
sent to a 

TIME AND SPACE HOSPITAL. 

And in the hands of a scientific preacher, he will 
be changed from a blind spiritual dwarf, to a giant 
light. 

The scientific preacher will say, "Your trouble is 



234 

not lack of appetite or sleep, it is a chronic lack of 
knowledge; a widespread trouble from which mil- 
lions are suffering. 

You are not altogether to blame for this condi- 
tion, it is inherited from your ancestors" 

Then the Scientific Preacher will work to remove 
his blindness in reference to the future by teach- 
ing faith as a science, and in this way, will make 
him see great and wonderful things ahead, and feel 
them at present. 

Religion being the relation of man to his Maker, 
the only question concerning man is, whether the' 
relation is a perfect or imperfect one. 

The fact that a relation exists, is beyond dispute. 
The nature of the relation, is the all-important ques- 
tion; whether one of harmony, or otherwise. 

The perfect relation is called 

HEAVEN. 

Heaven is a harvest from the seed of purity, 
charity and love. 

The imperfect relation, is called Hell. A harvest 
from bad seed. 

The way to reach Heaven, is by sowing seed re- 
commended by the Supreme Ruler. 

To reach perfection, all applications for supplies 
and assistance must be addressed to 



235 
"THE AUTHOR OF LIFE." 

The One who grants leases to life, puts in the 
lease, what must be done to reach perfection. 
The Great Giver, lays down the law, and it is 

NATURAL LAW. 

When religion is treated as a science, sunshine 
and happiness, will not only exist, but be made to 
grow everywhere like flowers. And they will not 
be artificial flowers either. They will be those load- 
ing the air and filling the heart with fragrance. 

Happiness is frangrance from the blossoms of 
intelligence. 

The avenues leading to intelligence are through 
science, and the parents of science. 

God is the Father, and want planted in man by 
God, is the mother science. 

Ways discovered by man, and to be discovered, to 
meet his wants are properly called science. 

Man's natural wants are numerous and varied. 

The desire for food is a natural want, and must 
be met, or the lease to life is canceled through fail- 
ure to comply with its terms. 

Clothing, shelter, protection and assistance in 
different ways, are necessary, according to condi- 
tions in the lease. 



236 

Life creates a desire and appetite for more life, 
the same as strong drink creates a desire and ap- 
petite for more strong drink. 

The wants of life, start a search for the founda- 
tion and support of life. One of the peculiar feat- 
ures of want is, it is never satisfied until it knows 
and has everything. The growth and spread of life, 
keeps up the growth and spread of the search, for 
its foundation. The more life grows and spreads, 
the greater the weight on the foundation, and the 
greater the importance of looking after it. 

In teaching religion as a science, let us put faith 
under the microscope. 

The death of man, suggested and still suggests, 
the Hereafter. 

Only for death, the thought and study of life to 
come, or a future state, would never have been 
thought of, for there would not be anything call- 
ing for its study. 

When death separated friends and family, when 
the living saw loving forms fall into the earth like 
fruit from a tree, man was introduced to the most 
serious change and feature in existence. 

When others went never to return, tears flowed 
down his cheeks, grief filled his heart, his bosom 
heaved with sorrow. And in time, covered by 



237 

frosts of hoary age, like the snows of winter, young- 
er generations laid him back in the earth from 
whence he came. 

GKANDFATHEK IS GONE, 

His place is vacant; he is greatly missed; others 
sleep by his cold form. For years before he went 
he mourned for those gone before; he told how they 
were missed and how he longed to see them. 
( Time goes on, and a precious one is snatched 
from the arms of a loving mother. With grief inex- 
pressible, this jewel taken from her tender care, is 
handed over to the cold, unfeeling embrace of 
mother earth. 

God, with all his infinite power, cannot wipe out 
the fact, that this treasure now gone, has been in 
material form in life. 

Infinite power cannot wipe out the fact, that the 
press of its tiny hand and pure kiss have been felt ; 
that its loving arms have entwined the neck, its 
laugh filled the house with gladness, and its voice 
driven away care. 

But that which was fond remembrance, is now 
only memory of the past. 

Gone but not forgotten ; absent but ever near. 

By day and by night, a sorrowing mother thinks 



238 

of it; it fills her heart, it is in her thoughts, and her 
thoughts are with it. 

In hours of darkness, when all is silent, her pil- 
low is wet with tears; she thinks of it in the cold 
earth, she wonders where it is, and if any one is 
making it happy. 

Days, weeks, months, come and go; but it is no 
less a part of herself; she lives a double life; she 
is here and not here; her thoughts are now a part 
of her existence, and she lives and mingles with 
them far away. 

Spring time comes; wild flowers bloom by the 
little grave; wild birds sing over it; the earth pre- 
sents evidence every where of life after death; dead 
grass is covered by green; the forest is in full leaf, 
the orchard is in full bloom; fragrance from the 
apple blossom and wild plum fill the air; sunshine 
sparkles everywhere; and song birds add expression 
of joy to life. 

After a day of unshine, frangrance and music of 
birds, she sleeps and dreams. 

She dreams her dear one comes to her; that it 
touches her. She feels its little hand as of yore in 
her bosom; its silken hair is against her cheek; she 
hears its heart beat as though it had run to meet 
her; it kisses, and tell her, it loves her. 



239 

Her dream is so vivid and real, she is awakened 
by it as though embraced by one living. 

It is the lonesome hour of midnight, and she 
awakes startled and frightened. 

She says to herself, "What a dream; it seemed 
natural and real enough to be true — but it is only 
a cruel dream." 

It makes a deep impression on her; one that is 
never forgotten. 

She tells it to friends in the morning and thinks 
of it through the day. 

It is only a dream, but someway, she feels better 
after it. 

IT IS A LOVELY DAY. 

The air is balmy; the blossoms smell sweeter 
than ever; the birds seem more inspired than the 
day before. Her heart is lighter, her spirits more 
cheerful ; she knows not why. 

SHE IS FILLED WITH HER DREAM. 

It was so real she actually feels as thought her 
dear one had been seen and felt. Everything about 
it is bright and beautiful; surrounded by birds and 
flowers; it is happy. 



240 

This picture is so pleasing, she never turns from 
it; nature and love, stamp it on her heart to stay, 
and it becomes the light of her life 

That her dear one has lived cannot be denied; 
that it is gone is equally true; that it was, and is, 
a part of herself, is a fact. 

That it now occupies a place in her life that is 
sacred, one hallowed in memory, is beyond dispute. 

She sees and remembers it in all its loving inno- 
cence. It is without a stain or fault before her eyes. 
It would be impossible to be otherwise, because it 
was spotless and pure. It would be impossible not 
to think of it as happy, for it was happy. 

It would be impossible not to picture around it 
beautiful things, because it was beautiful; and as 
she thinks of it, all around is beautify*. 

Yes, it was all a dream; but it made a deep and 
lasting impression, one to be related and impressed 
on others. 

Years come and go; it is still before her. 

Some way, the world has changed and looks dif- 
ferently to her; she feels that she is going to meet 
some one. 

This is natural, because some one she loves, one 
most tender and dear, is gone from her; and she 
wants to go and see it. 






241 

For the benefit of those suffering from lack of 
faith, for those afflicted with future blindness, for 
those crippled by doubt, let us look at this mother 
in the light of science. 

Let her be placed on the dissecting table, for the 
benefit of- knowledge to mankind; not vailed in 
black and shut up as a creature of mourning. 

After dissection, a Scientific Preacher would re- 
port, "the life of the mother, is different from any 
other, and teaches that which only the mother can. 

The female represents Space in the Godhead; con- 
sequently, conditions in Space can be measured and 

* 

determined through her better than any other me- 
dium. 

The true mother is a true lover. When those she 
loves are taken from her, she does not have to be 
told she has lost something, she knows it; whether 
she be Savage or Christian Queen. 

By dissecting the nature of the heart, it is found, 
that want creates desire; desire creates love; love 
creates hope; hope continued, creates faith. 

Here is a natural and perfect chain, starting from 
the mother's heart, connecting Heaven with earth. 

Man was made with want in his heart; it is not 
something cultivated; it is something born in him* 

Want was created to be satisfied; food is as nee- 



242 

essary to satisfy the cravings of the heart, as the 
stomach; the only thing that will satisfy a mother's 
heart when separated from those she loves, is being 
united with them. 

A mother's love is very beautiful, being beautiful 
in nature, it naturally pictures beautiful things. 

The mother's heart is the fondation of Heaven. 

The female, being the representation of Space in 
the God-Head, the mother's heart is a load stone or 
magnet, pointing to those in Space, separated from 
her by death. 

Being full of love, and those she loves being 
beautiful to her, Heaven is painted from this love 
in her nature, for those to dwell in, whom she loves. 

The mother did not understand this at the time, 
but does now; her dream was the 

BIRTH OF HOPE. 

Brought forth through tears and undying love. 
It was Time uniting life to form a continuous and 
unbroken chain to correspond with itself. It was 
the consummation of a union between Heaven and 
Mother Earth; it was hope crystalizing into faith 
under the force and operation of natural conditions 
in the mother's heart. It was her life spreading out 
ever a broader and more beautiful field ; it was the 



243 

bright future, bowing down to kiss the present, and 
lead it through doubt and darkness to a better land. 
It was Time caressing Time; it was the shadow of 
Heaven, filled with music and beautiful spirits shin- 
ing on the earth to light the chamber of death with 



FAITH AND HOPE. 

After years of toil, she passes away happy. She 
has a Heaven to go to, because all that is lovely and 
pure is before her, and has filled her with dreams 
of happiness. 

Her dreams are no longer dreams, they are reali- 
ties. 

She has lived under a sacred influence so long, 
it controls and guides her; under this influence, she 
received light and strength to stand the battle of 
life; under this influence, she has strength enough 
to meet the future. She lived in a dream started 
by love, which ended in faith, stronger than any 
stone fortress ever built, and with this faith, she 
faces eternity. 

Infinite power cannot wipe out the fact, that her 
thoughts have not followed and been with those 
she loved in the far beyond. 

Infinite power cannot wipe out the fact, that her 



244 

thoughts are a part of her being, and the intelli- 
gence by which she is guided. 

In her thoughts, she has stood by the crystal wa- 
ter of living springs. In her thoughts, she has 
heard the music of angelic hosts; she has traveled 
from star to star like a sunbeam, and walked in 
golden streets with her dear one; and she cannot 
be robbed of her faith and hope; for in her thoughts, 
and every part of her intelligent nature, she has 
seen and felt for herself, and drank from the well 
spring of the heart in proof of it. 

Faith is the simplest and oldest of all sciences. 

Everything in creation has a good or bad influ- 
ence; the only thing needed, is intelligence to select 
the right association or influence to be under or 
with. 

When people tell what is, or what Is not, who 
have never looked or been in certain directions, 
who have never been under certain influences, or 
had faith in certain things, they might as well shut 
their eyes and try to count the stars, or say there 
are no stars, because they could not see them, with 
closed eyes. 

The minute one has faith in anything, good 
or bad, the effect is as instantaneous as electricity. 
For as soon as possessed of faith, youareunder the 



245 



influence of that in which you believe — otherwise, 
you do not believe. 

When the scientific preacher operates on one 
blind to faith, he will not use chloroform. 

Want of faith is a peculiar kind of blindness. A 
patient may be able to see some objects clearly, and 
others not at all. When the scientific preacher 
treats this trouble, he will operate on the mind 1 , 
not the eyes. He will operate so the patient can 
see the future clearly, by putting new thoughts in 
his head, and getting him to throw his old ones 
away. 

Like everything else, faith rests upon natural 
law. 

Faith is a belief that something exists or will 
exist. 

Hope is a desire to attain that something. One 
might believe, in fact know a certain thing existed, 
and not have the slightest hope of attaining it. In 
fact, know it could not be attained. 

Many have faith there is gold in the earth. But 
every one does not hope to dig it out. In fact, the 
majority know they will not. 

To have faith, there must be knowledge, or be- 
lief, that something exists, or can be made to exist. 

Hope exists when knowledge is entirely absent 
These are the generations of 



246 
FAITH AND HOPE. 

Want begets desire; desire begets love; love be- 
gets hope; hope begets faith. 

When one has strong faith that something exists, 
and hopes to attain it, 

CHARITY 

is called in to mate it possible. For experience 
teaches, that about ten thousand falls with 
occur, if the road is very long, before a desired end 
is reached. 

And without Charity to encourage the one hoping 
for higher things* not to mind the many failures, 
he would lose faith and fall by the wayside. 

The Scientific Preacher will interpret the Bible 
through Natural Law. 



247 

CHAPTEK XXIV. 
A CONCLUSION. 

It is safe to go on the principle, if the first words 
spoken to man are not true, the Bible might as 
well be put aside. 

But when the first words are found to agree with 
tie laws and order of creation, it is not necessary 
to look farther for the truth, for the truth is found. 

One word of truth lasts forever, for all things are 
governed by it. 

That the way to "dominion" is to "replenish the 
earth and subdue it" is clear; for from this source 
the hungry are fed and the naked clother. 

Upon this text, the world must stand or fall. 

The effort should be, to beautify the earth for 
the benefit of man and the glory of his Maker. 

When the Creator looks down upon this earth, 
He wants to see a beauty spot, inhabited by intelli- 
gent beings. He wants to see happy homes, filled 
with peace and love; this is the natural desire of a 
Father. 

The text is sufficient to furnish work for every 
hand and heart through time to time. 

It is inspiring, because infinite;, it is impressive, 



248 

because it embraces every part of natura and all 
industry. The life of man has scarcely served to 
introduce it. 

When the Bible agrees with natural law, it is 
self -interpreting. 

Where a passage presents the truth, so the truth 
is seen and felt; it inspires confidence in the whole 
book. 

It is impossible to examine any work with in- 
terest or understanding without the key to the front 
door. 

The Bible is a book, based upon cause and effect; 
otherwise it could not stand. It is founded on pria- 
ciple, not fancy; fact not prejudice; truth, not fa- 
voritism. 

The reason so many lose the way, illustrations, 
used to present the truth, are taken for the truth. 
They look at the story told to illustrate the 
truth, instead of the truth illustrated by the story. ! 

Its strength and grandeur is in making life cover 
Time and Space. 

It teaches faith in a Supreme Intelligence, and 
hope to future happiness. This doctrine is beauti- 
ful, taught or found anywhere. 

It is beautiful, because it makes man what he 



249 

wants to be and should be, a great being, with a 
great future. 

It is beautiful, because it makes Grod what He 
should be, a Great Being, possessing supreme love 
and wisdom. 

The characters introduced and stories told to il- 
lustrate truths and principles found in the Bible, 
are another thing. 

There are men to-day, a thousand times smarter 
than some characters in the Bible; but to illustrate 
a principle, or show a truth, they could not do any 
better than the poorest one in it. 

Take the story of Jacob, for instance. There is 
nothing in Jacob's life or character to stamp him 
as a great man; but the teaching, illustrated 
through him, is sublime. 

Jacob, as a man, was an exceedingly common 
character. He left home a poor boy, as thousands 
of poor boys leave home to-day, to seek a fortune. 
He slept in the wilderness on pillows of stone — 
tramps are doing the same all over the country. 
He started in life by tending sheep for his board; 
this was very honorable. He took two women for 
fourteen years' labor; as a man of business he does 
not show up any brighter than some men of to-day. 

But the truth illustrated through him, is beyond 
doubt. 



250 

He dreamed he saw a ladder set upon the earth, 
the top of which reached to Heaven, and that the 
Angels of God ascended and descended on it. 

Here is a boy, who left home to escape a broth- 
er's wrath, in a wilderness, full of fear and trem- 
bling; but he dreamed he saw angels, ascending and 
descending. 

This is sublime, because it connects earth with 
Heaven ; the present with the future and life with 
hope. It is beautiful, because true; and grand, be- 
cause man wants and needs it. 

He is alone and a sinner. Seeing angels, even in 
a dream, has had an effect upon the whole world, 
and will continue to have. 

Jacob's life as a sheep herder, is very remote from 
principles of the Bible; only as it shows, every man 
must work for a living, and he was man enough to 
do it. 

Seeing angels in a dream, was as good as any 
other way, as long as through this means a connec- 
tion between the present and the future was dis- 
covered. 

God is either everywhere, or nowhere; all things, 
or nothing. He must be recognized by poor boys, 
as well as bishops, or He is not God to all. 

But he is God to all, and a 



251 

TIME AND SPACE GOD AT THAT. 

He impressed Jacob in a dream, with the future 
of life. It was only in a dream, but it was a truth. 
One he could not keep still about. And by following 
the discovery made through this dream, he gained 
great strength and glory. 

If a man should discover a gold mine, he would 
not have to be very intelligent to tell about it; he 
would have to be wise to keep still. And it would 
not affect the gold, either in quantity or quality, 
whether the discoverer was black or white; wheth- 
er he dreamed it out, or dug it out, if the gold was 
only there when the world came to look to see if it 
was true. 

The life of Jacob cuts no figure only as he discov- 
ered and reported an everlasting truth; something 
of wonderful importance. 

And if he had married an old maid, thirty years 
older than himself, and never hal any sons, and had 
seen angels in the woods, or on the prairie, the 
Bible would be just as great and grand as though 
God had come down and walked around on earth 
and put up posters that He was here. 

Jacob was a discoverer. Instead of discovering a 
new continent, he discovered angels, and reported 
it to the world; and every one has been looking for, 
and wanting to be an angel ever since. 



252 



CHAPTER XXV. 

OUR BEAUTY AXD STRENGTH. 

A view is only grand and inspiring where one can 
see in all directions. Life, is only grand and in- 
spiring where connected, and can be seen on all 
sides; where past history makes for it future light. 
Life is grand, where it harmonizes with the trinity 
of time: where the past and present stand hand in 
hand like loving twins, waiting to embrace their 
elder sister the future. 

What is man without a future? 

What is a country without a future? 

What is a God withot a future? 

The future of America, is an important subject. 

This nation is the hope of mankind; it will never 
be blotted out, as long as the "base idea" is 

THE UNMORTGAGED HOME OX THE SOIL, 

and the colors in the American flag stand for the 
trinity of patriotism. 

It is an impressive fact, that the founders of this 
government, adopted a national emblem represent- 
ing the principles of the trinity. 
[This shows, that from association, if not education, 



2K 

the patriots were under the influence and inspira- 
tion of nature and natural law. 

It would be easy to read from nature why the 
American flag was adopted, if not a word had been 
written or spoken in reference to it. 

Here is its Natural Law History. 

When the soldiers of 1776 were fighting for lib- 
erty, their thoughts were elevated above tyranny 
as high as the stars; and as expressive of this 
thought, the stars of Heaven, are found on our Na- 
tional emblem. 

When the patriots poured out their blood for In- 
dependence, as the stream of life ebbed away on 
the field of battle, they closed their eyes in death, 
looking into the blue sky. 

The undying blood of patriotism, shed for right, 
justice and country, resting upon purity of prin- 
ciple, and faith in the Euler of the gilded Heavens 
above, is expressed in "red. white and blue" on the 
American Flag. 

Our flag is a perfect and most glorious trinity, 
suggested and brought forth by nature and natural 

k conditions, surrounding the lives of the American 
Fathers. 
If the Deity Himself, had handed down an em- 
blem to the American people, with a note of ex- 



254 

planation, he could not have delivered a more per 
feet representation of principle. The principle of 
the trinity represented by the American Flag, is 
the principle upon which all things are founded. 
The American Flag, is not only a National, but a 

NATURAL EMBLEM. 

It not only represents country, but life and uni- 
verse. 

If the fathers had studied six months, or longer, 
to decide upon an emblem, they would at last have 
settled on this one; for all conditions and surround- 
ings suggested it. 

If the blood of patriotism, the pure white 
thoughts of principle, the blue sky above, filled 
with stars, had not suggested it,. the white man be- 
tween blue days ahead of him, and red-skinned In- 
dians sneaking up behind him with a tomahawk, 
would have suggested the idea of 

"BED, WHITE AND BLUE." 

Then, there was the red fire and blue smoke of 
the cannon, that blew the life out of "white livered" 
Royalists, this was very suggestive of "red, white 
and blue." 

The British soldiers that wore red coats with 



255 

white belts around them, carrying the white flag 
of surrender, with a deep blue look upon their faces 
when they laid down their arms and went home 
to tell how it happened, was very suggestive of 
"red, white and blue," and a trinity of colors sug- 
gesting thoughts to be preserved in a flag. 

There was too much "red, white and blue," all 
around, about that time, to very well see or think 
of anything else, and these colors naturally float 
over us. 

National history, can be interpreted through nat- 
ural law, as well as the Bible. 

In addition to the trinity of colors, suggested by 
nature and natural law, 

THE' AMERICAN EAGLE 

was given a place as a national emblem for the 
same reason. Natural conditions suggested this 
bird to go with the flag. 

When nature backs a forefather, or any other 
father, he is an "up-to-date" parent. 



256 



CHAPTER XXVI. 
THE KING OF BEASTS. 




The Representative of Great Britain at Home and Abroad. 



257 

Great Britain believes in Kings; she not only 
believes in them, but raises and keeps a stock on 
hand, so if one dies or happens to play out in any 
way, another stands ready to slip right into the 
harness and go on with the royal coach. 

The English, are something like the balance of 
humanity, more or less greedy and grasping. They 
were not satisfied with having two-legged kings to 
sit on a throne, and standing around waiting to be 
called to get on; and by marrying and intermarry- 
ing to preserve what they call "Royal Blood/' but 
they went out into the woods and got a great big 
chuckle-headed animal called 

THE KING OF BEASTS, 

t 

and adopted him as a representative of their nation. 

They set this animal king up on his hind legs. 
To make him look imposing, they put a double 
twist in his tail, and to make him look more like 
themselves, they put a snarl on his face to show 
their character. 

Anything that has the appearance of being a 
king, they have great respect for, and want as a 
member of their royal set. They took the king 
of beasts as a representative of royalty, on account, 
not only of his royal strength, but his royal ca- 
pacity to roar and growl. 



253 

This four-legged, yellow-hair e& } bushy-headed 
king they caught and took out of the woods, was 
taken to be emblematic of the greatest people on 
earth — which they supposed was them, in a danger- 
ous form. But on looking around, found they were 
mistaken. 

It was supposed, this yellow-haired, four-legged 
king, would so impress all the nations and animals 
on earth, as to how they would be eaten up and 
torn to pieces if not careful, that everybody and 
everything would run and get out of the way when 
they saw an Englishman coming; that no one would 
ever bother him on account of being terribly afraid 
that the people represented by this king of beasts 
would chew them up. # 

This lord and kind of the forest — their represen- 
tative at home and abroad — has very long, strong 
claws. He can claw anything all to pieces — after 
catching it. 

But he has to catch it before clawing it — this is 
where he sometimes goes hungry. 

When our forefathers saw this last king that 
was to be overcome, it made a deep impression on 
them, and they concluded to get a king of their 
own to match it. 

And instead of going out into the woods, to look 
around for some coarse four-footed beast in a den, 
they took the King of the Air. 



259 



CHAPTER XXVII. 
THE KING OF THE AIR, 




The American Eagle. 



260 

THE AMERICAN EAGLE. 

They did not have to look beyond a hemlock tree 
in the State of Maine, to find a good king to repre- 
sent this country; one not only with claws, but 
wings. 

So they took the King of the Air, and put it up 
to match the King of Beasts, and that bird has 
roosted over the lion's den, for over a hundred 
years, without losing a feather. 

The lion is a dangerous animal to meet alone, 
without a gun; he has caught rabbits asleep, he 
has feasted on the sweet flesh of the monkey, and 
bit off the end of the elephant's tail when the ele- 
phant was not aware he was at that end of him. 
But the lion has never yet feasted on an eagle, and 
never will, till one is found dead somewhere from 
old age. 

Our forefathers knew a winning king when they 
saw it. They took one that walks on two legs like 
a man; one that sits and walks up straight; one 
that can stay on the ground or soar in the air be- 
yond the reach of harm; they did not take an ani- 
mal that prowls around in the woods, lives in a 
hole in the ground and sleeps on its belly. 

The influence of the eagle as a national emblem 
has been very wholesome and great. 



261 

It is a bird of freedom, representing the spirit 
and idea of a free people, who want to be that kind 
of a nation. The way this bird conducts itself, as 
the representative of what a free man ought to be, 
and should be, makes every American a patriot and 
fighter. 

Bringing out the American Eagle and letting it 
fly around a little at this particular time, is 'not 
for the purpose of annoying our friends and neigh- 
bors; it is to show how our forefathers were guild- 
ed by Nature and Natural Law in forming the gov- 
ernment, and selecting national emblems. 

As their object and idea about the whole thing 
was freedom ; as that was what they had their guns 
out fighting for, they naturally took something 
as an emblem to represent this idea, able to stand 
up and make a first-class fight. 

If they had been trying to save a crown, they 
might have rolled one down in a hole with a yel- 
low lion, and told the ambitious fellow aspiring 
to carry around such a thing, that he could have it, 
by going down in the hole and bringing it out. 

I am for the English speaking people — because 
that is the only language I can speak. 

And if those folks were in a corner, and needed 
a little help, for a few days only, and I could do 



262 

them any good, rather than see another nation who 
could not talk English, humiliate them — without 
they had done something terribly wrong — I would 
go to war to help them out. 

The English people should be more than proud 
of Americans. 

An American, shows what an Englishman can 
become, when he has a chance. 

The thoroughbred American, is an Englishman, 
who has whipped another Englishman. 

It took Englishmen to whip Englishmen; they 
should be very thankful for and appreciate this, as 
a credit to their own blood; that it was not done 
by some cheap race or nation who did not feel 
proud of being English. 

It is a cold day when something cannot be found 
for which to be thankful. 



263 

CHAPTER XXVIII. 
THE GREAT NORTHWEST. 

To judge a nation, it must be looked at in the 
light of Time and Space. 

Under this light, the United States, occupies a 
peculiarly great and grand position in the history 
of nations. It is great and strong, because formed 
at the right time and under right influences to make 
it so. 

It has grown great and strong, and keeps grow- 
ing that way, because of space in which to grow. 
Because surrounded by conditions suggesting great 
ideas ; and because, great things have been and are 
still present to support them. 

The United States, is the Earth working upon 
man to develop him. It is the Earth, changing its 
face by calling on man to do it. It is the Earth, 
forcing man through his wants to contribute to her 
beauty and transformation. In return for this 
forced attention, it furnishes man support. 

The United States, has been the land of promise 
ever since discovered, and promises now, more 
than ever. 

It is the land of promise, because for generations, 



264 

it has furnished, and for years, will continue to fur- 
nish, homes with happiness attachments. 

The time to shape a policy is at the beginning, 
when there is time and space in which to develop it. 

In the beginning, when man was an infant, the 
policy was formed by which he was to live and 
grow. 

THIS WAS THE WORK OF A WISE FATHER. 

Experience teaches, it is easier to bring up a boy 
right, than make a hardened old sinner over. 
Training a child is not only pleasanter, but easier, 
than reforming the villain and animating the 
loafer. 

When once hardened, reforming the villain and 
making over the sinner, is like making over an old 
coat full of holes to get a new one. 

Every condition now says, man must follow the 
policy established by the Father of all. 

Listen! Hark! Who is that calling? 

It's a voice calling Adam in the garden, "Where 
art thou"? 

"Lord, here I am, upside down and wrongside 
out. I have been kicking and finding fault about 
everything, until here I am. I don't like that con- 
dition called hard labor, and I can't live by sitting 



265 

still; washing is too high, the board poor, the bed 
too hard for a dog to sleep on. If I meet a million- 
aire, I think he has robbed me; if I meet a tramp, I 
am afraid he is going to beg from me, when I am 
without a dollar for myself; and Lord, here I am, 
full of trouble. It is hard to be shut up as a clerk, 
and it is lonesome and dry living in the country; 
I don't like to milk cows, feed hogs or clean out 
stables; and I can't live on nothing. 

"I can't see any beauty in a flower or star. 
There is no comfort living, and when I die, I am put 
in a hole in the ground, and can't see beyond that. 
Here I am, oh Lord, in trouble, grunting and grum- 
bling, dissatisfied and unhappy. Lord, what did 
you make me and the world for, anyway? We 
don't fit together." 

It is not strange man was left in the world to 
work for himself, to satisfy and please himself, to 
become a consumer for a cigar manufacturer or to 
walk around the streets with a sign on his back ad- 
vertising a corn cure. 

If he hears of someone who has paid out extrav- 
agant sums for parties, jewelry, flowers, or high 
prices for servants, this does not suit, because the 
money according to his way of thinking, did not 
go in the right direction. But the diamond man, 



266 

servants and flower girls, who received high prices, 
think it did; so there it is. This condition is gen- 
eral. 

Children are dwarfed for want of pure air and 
look like plants grown in the shade; able-bodied 
men are hungry in cities, business men are stagger- 
ing under loads or debt, trying to keep out of bank- 
ruptcy; good people are willing to work, the coun- 
try is ful lof everything, and yet there is complaint, 
suffering and discontent. This is ridiculous — abso- 
lutely ridiculous — to be in the United States. 

It is false education and want of knowledge of 
the truth, of natural law and natural advantages. 

By looking at the map of the United States, 



THE GREAT NORTHWEST 



is seen standing like a large fat cow, with her broad 
rear end against Canada, and her head toward the 
Gulf of Mexico. 

It is well known, that all the porterhouse, sirloin, 
tenderloin, milk, cream, butter and cheese, are 
taken from the rear end of the cow. 

The reason why the Great Northwest, is so full 
of wealth and opportunities, is, it is the 



267 
UDDER END OF THE EARTH. 

It is the end, containing the juicy meat and rich 
cream. 

Every one knows without being told, that the 
horny, gristly, bristly end, is not the tender end. 

Everyone knows without being told, that cream 
is not extracted from the horns. The horny end is 
the fodder consumer; the udder end, the treasury. 

That people in northern latitudes, are more pros- 
perous and enterprising than elsewhere, is not due 
go much to the superiority of the people when they 
start, as the climate and soil back of them. The 
best man on earth, could not survive without air to 
breath and soil to support him; and the porest 
would do well, where wealth can be picked up out 
of the earth. 

The reason people are so broad-guaged, prosper- 
ous and happy in the Great Northwest is, they are 
on the 

UDDER END OF THE EARTH. 

The first thing a calf looks for is the udder. And 
it is not surprising, that people %who are supposed 
to be intelligent, should know as much as a calf, 
and look around and get on to the Udder End of 
the Earth to fatten. 



268 

The udder, is something worthy of profound 
thought and deep investigation, whether hung on 
the rear end of a cow, or the northwestern end of 
the United States. 

CLIMATE AND SOIL, 

are of wonderful assistance in helping accumulate 
happiness and other useful things. 

The reason why people are so happy and prosper- 
ous in the Great Northwest, is, they are not left 
entirely to their own discretion about becoming so. 

THE EAKTH 

is a natural born boss out here, and helps drive 
everything along. While it does not indulge in 
loud talk on all occasions, it seems to have a silent 
appreciation that everything else rests upon, and 
depends upon it. It has a wonderful influence over* 
man, because he can't set his foot down without 
stepping on it. It sets him such stern and stirring 
examples he is completely under its influence. 

The earth is round, and keeps right on going 
around every day without stopping to rest, and 
everybody and everything has to do the same to live 
and keep up with it. 



269 

When people quit going around on the earth, it 
is hard to tell where they do go. 

The earth moves at a high rate of speed. Those 
on it, have to do the same, or get behind, and take 
all the dirt. 

People are prosperous and happy in 



THE GREAT NORTHWEST, 

because the climate and soil are desperately op- 
posed to loafers. A man can't loaf here and do 
well; the earth gives him dead away. She points 
her finger at a loafer in scorn and contempt as far 
as she can see him, and weeds grow higher than his 
head to mock him. 

It is not uncommon to see great big rank weeds 
point their leaves and shake their seedy heads at a 
loafer, just as though they knew he was afraid of 
them, and say, in their weed language, ''Without 
you get down and kiss the face of Mother earth, and 
love and embrace her, you are not wanted here; 
without you will do this, you are not any better 
than we are, and Mother thinks just as much of us 
as of you." 

After listening to remarks of this kind from a 
weed preacher, it is not an uncommon thing to see 



270 

a loafer turn pale, and go loafing right on about his 
business. 

The earth despises loafers and snubs them out 
here most fearfully every time she gets a chance. 
She is a regular "spotter," and tells the truth, no 
matter who is hit or how they feel afterwards. 

There is too much climate here to live in an open 
house and look shabby in the winter. This is why 
people have their houses in such good order. It is 
the suggestion of natural forces. The climate de- 
mands enterprise and will not accept anything else. 
Those who do not understand this, sometimes think 
it is due entirely to the enterprise of the inhabitants 
alone, but the climate does its full share in helping 
make a good appearance here. 

Where whole communities grow bright-eyed and 
walk with a quick cheerful step, strangers passing 
through, wonder where in the world such people 
came from ; where educated, and who their parents 
were; but are surprised to find it animated mani- 
festations of air and soil. 

One does not have to be on earth long, especially 
this part of it, to become very much attached to 
and impressed by it. 

Everybody likes the earth, because they cannot 
live off of it. 



271 

Tlie earth is so wisely and wonderfully formed, 
and occupies such an important place in creation, 
it is impossible not to love It; it is gotten up in a 
way calculated to arouse the affections of a worm. 

It is a blessed good thing it is inanimate. If it 
was not, it would hurt it to have so many people, 
and animals with hoofs, and railroads, and heavy 1 
bluildings, standing around and running around on 
it. If the earth had feeling, it would be very un- 
fortunate. It would cast a gloom over everything. 
If it had feeling, it would yell like a boy with a sore 
toe every time it was touched. If it had feeling, 
there would be a constant shout going up every- 
where, 

"KEEP OFF THE GRASS." 

This would make everybody feel like a fool, and 
out of place. 

The unfeeling nature of the earth, is a blessing 
most people overlook and never stop to be thankful 
for. If they stop, it is to smoke, or play cards, or 
something of that kind — not to be thankful for real 
blessings. 

In nature, origin and influence, the earth occu- 
pies a field by itself. 

One cannot look at or study it very long, with- 



272 

out becoming deeply impressed with the order of 
Creation, or getting very full of schemes. 

He will either fall down and worship the One 
who made it, or go to inventing some kind of a tool 
to work it with, or, sell to someone else to work 
with, so he can get rich making tools instead of 
using them. 

The earth as a subject to write or speak upon, is 
as broad as it is to live on. It is so large and ac- 
commodating as a subject, it is impossible to get 
off of it. That is the reason why we are here and 
like it so well. 

You can talk about a white elephant in the wilds 
of Siam, an eagle soaring against the sky, the 
American flag, a four-legged kink lying by the side 
of a throne, or a two-legged one sitting on top of it ; 
the money question, matrimony, or any subject, 
you really know or don't know about, and all are 
connected with the earth, and earthy. What great- 
er elasticity could be asked than this in a subject 
to accommodate thought? 



273 

CHAPTER- XXIX. 
WHERE WE ARE AND WHAT IS SEEN. 

The Great Northwest, as revealed through the 
light of time, is a«mirror, wherein the world can be 
be seen, and see itself. 

By examining the path that has led to the devel- 
opment of the American people, we find it to be, 
the open field, inviting the world to come and enjoy 
the sunshine of manhood and nationhood. 

Natural conditions, are the basis of our National 
growth. 

THE GREAT NORTHWEST, 
is a book containing wonderful things. 

From the unoccupied space in it, we read the se- 
crets of time and mysteries of creation, and find 
the silver key to the gate of progress; the crown of 
man's growth. 

That which is, must decide that which is to be. 

Man's destiny on earth, must be decided by the 
earth. Being of the earth, the earth must decide 
his destiny. 

From the book called 

"THE GREAT NORTHWEST," 
we read, that free open territory invited the first 
settlers to the country. That free open territory 



274 

enabled the colonies to establish a free government. 

That free government and open territory com- 
bined, has enabled the country to reach its present 
size and strength. 

One hundred and twenty-two years after signing 
the Declaration of Independence, the American 
people are found at the jumping-off place. 

They are not only brought to the Great North- 
west, but to the northwest quarter, of the last quar- 
ter, of their possessions, possessing original and 
golden advantages. . 



WE STAND HERE CONSCIOUS OF TRUTH. 

We are where, it is like making a last will and 
testament in recognition of approaching changes. 

W^here it is like a man seeing around him, not 
only his children, but his grant, and great grand 
children. 

That which we see as new faces and new feat- 
ures, is but development revealing truth. 

It is man's relation to creation coming to light 
through his growth. 

The colonies that started on the shores of the At- 
lantic, are now hovering on the shores of 



275 

THE PACIFIC. 

So far as territory is concerned, the American peo- 
ple know it all; have kept all they ever possessed 
and added to it; there is nothing left to discover 
but hidden treasures in the earth, and that which 
can be gotten out of it by labor. 

We read from the book, called the Great North- 
west, that the future of America, must be self-im- 
provement. The upbuilding of country and home 
on lines of honor and justice. 

We read, that the truth is not only coming, but 
here. Made manifest, through man's relation to 
the earth. 

The natural desire used to be, increase of num- 
bers. The concern now is, how to make all classes 
see and follow the truth. 

Without this prevails, progression cannot be in 
the right direction. The truth is seen in the mirror 
called 

THE GREAT NORTHWEST, 

by reason of man being able to compare his own' 
size to that of the earth ; by being made conscious 
of his relation to space through time. 

Through development, man is reflected as a light 



276 

and force in creation; seeing this, makes him con- 
scious of Divine Truth. 

"BE FRUITFUL AND MULTIPLY. " 

Divine truth, is recognized here, because the First 
Words are in harmony with man's growth and nat- 
ural desire. 

Divine truth, is recognized here, because natural 
desire, has developed through time, intod a con- 
scious force throughout the world. Elements 
planted in man, have grown to infinite size, making 
man conscious through his nature of Divine Truth. 

"AND REPLENISH THE EARTH AND SUB- 
DUE IT." 

Here Divine Truth is recognized again, through 
man's wants and desires. 

The earth being the only place to which he can 
go to meet his wants, the truth is shown by his 
relation to the earth. As farther evidence, time, 
creation, and life, are linked together by this com- 
mand. 

Multiplying is a work of time. It is also neces- 
sary to "subdue." 

But, as multiplying keeps multiplying, 



277 

WHAT? 

By reason of man, growing and the earth not, the 
waves of life, in time, must cover the earth like an 
inundation. 

Thousands are now found in cellars, and the num- 
bers in upper stories and attics, are increasing 
daily. 

Natural Law says, from this on, life wil pour 
down thicker and faster, because of the fountain's 
constant growth, broader and deeper. 

The future of our country rests upon the -space 
in it, unoccupied, and the conduct of those in the 1 
space occupied. 

After the noccupied space is taken, the founda- 
tion must be, virtue and intelligence alone. 

A republican form of government rests on the 
virtue and intelligence of the people — on that of 
the individual. The strain on the foundation must 
be greater in the future than the past, because of 
more population and no greater space. While peo- 
ple grow in numbers^ the earth remains the same 
in size. 

As space fills up, the price of living room, will 
be in proportion to numbers. 

When more people have to occupy the same room 
and bed, if virtue and intelligence do not prevail, 



278 

there will be terrible discord, discontent and crime. 

As long as space continues open, and opportu- 
nities in sight, the pressure of steam in the boiler 
of life cannot gather. But when filled up, virtue 
and intelligence must be the foundation, or the 
boiler will burst and blow up all society. 

Man must have a future to look to, to sustain 
him. 

Without this, he is like a wagon standing still, 
full of passengers, going nowhere. 

The life of the United States, has been freedom 

and free homes. With this to stimulate growth, 

fortune hunting and money-making have filled 

the minds of the masses to such an extent, many 

dangers and imperfections have been overlooked. 

But as space fills up, imperfections are becom- 
ing noticeable and calling for correction. After all 
good fields are occupied, which will not be long, 
the future will depend upon the fulfillment of nat- 
ural and Divine law. 

Then, the question will be, not the establishment 
of liberty; for that is established. It will be, the 
maintenance of liberty; of keeping that which we 
have; not letting it get away through anarchy, dry 
rot, or other cause. 

The future, not only of this country, but the 



279 

world, depends upon man following the Divine way 
to "dominion." 

The nature and value of the Great Northwest, is 
just beginning to be realized and appreciated. 
From this on, it will grow in importance; develop- 
ments will be brought to light from this source, 
beyond anything yet imagined. 

Great things must come from here, because in the 
earth to be gotten out. Because they have been 
seen and felt, and known to be here. 

They must come from here, because it is a coun- 
try of inspiration, as well as great and varied re- 
sources; and because the resources are the cause 
of the inspiration. 

They must come from here, because inspiration! 
is a natural product of the climate and soil. 

The future of our country must be shaped and 
decided very largely from conditions found here. 

In the first place, this is the only open territory 
left in which to work out certain ends. 

In the second place, the light of the world, shines 
upon this particular part of creation, giving it the 
advantage of all man's growth and experience. 

In resources, it is the richest part of the globe, 
and the only territory, that is grand and magnifi- 
cent, open for settlement, surrounded by modern 
civilization. 



280 

There is territory enough in undesirable locali- 
ties, ruled over by depots, and inhabited or sur- 
rounded by savages, where none but a slave or sav- 
age would care to live. 

But there is only one Great Northwest, under 
the sun, where a man with manhood and hope of 
the future, would care to make a home. 

The start cannot be made too soon to build upon 
the I 

"BASE IDEA." 

Conditions are in evidence everywhere, not only 
of its importance, but that time will establish it. 

The truth is revealed and the future read, from 
simplest and clearest causes. 

Where two bodies are placed together, one of 
which expands and the other does not, it is only a 
question of time, when the expanding body will 
cover the other; no matter how small it may be at 
the start. If expansion is continuous, size will be 
unlimited. 

Man being an expanding body, and the earth not, 
it is clear, that in time, man must cover. 

THE EAKTH. 

Then the grand work will be, the perfection of 
man by himself, through natural forces. 



281 

This has been going on, ever since man was made, 
But will go faster, and become more universal, with 
time. The effect of man's growth upon himself 
and the earth, is read from natural law. 

As there is but one foundation on which all can 
stand, and as happiness depends upon all standing 
on this, in love; it is easy to see, as numbers keep 
crowding on the same foundation, within the 
same space, that there must be perfect knowledge 
and recognition of true conditions, to maintain har- 
mony. 

As man grows broader, thicker, taller and heav- 
ier, for centuries to come, he will have to be in 
honor and wisdom, like an expert wire-walker to 
balance himself on the earth in peace. 

It is only a question of time, when through de- 
velopment man will be in this condition. 

It is only a question of time, when all parts of 
him will come together. When those parts now 
scattered over the past, in different parts of space, 
will be found in 

DEVELOPED MAN. 

As God only made but one, and that one is still 
alive and growing, it is only a question of time, 
when the parts now under the earth, will be 



282 

united with those upon the earth. When fully de- 
veloped through time, man will be one of the most 
interesting and important works in creation. 

Then, every breath he draws, will be entertain- 
ing and instructive. 

He will then be, a genuine attraction on the lec- 
ture platform. When developed, each thought will 
be the life of some individual from birth to the pres- 
ent moment. 

Developed man will tell how one feels perishing 
in flames. 

What a martyr sees and thinks about as his flesh 
turns to ashes. 

How one feels being drowned ; when going to the 
bottom of the ocean to sleep beneath the waves for 
thousands of years, to dream among the inhabi- 
tants of the sea. 

If the individual perished by freezing, how he 
felt turning to ice. If murdered, the feeling when 
hit by a bullet or stabbed by a knife. 

It is a law of nature, that two bodies cannot oc- 
cupy the same space at the same time, consequent- 
ly, it is impossible for two people to be and look 
just alike in every particular. 

Space being the mother of life, no two are just 
alike, because never in the same space at the same 
time. 



283 

Being under a different influence by reason of a 
different relation to Mother Space in reference to 
time, each one does have, and must have, a different 
surrounding; consequently a different look. Occu- 
pying different parts of space ,places everyone in a' 
different position, if not a different relation to life. 

THIS IS NATUKAL LAW. 

If two people were six thousand miles, or only six 
inches apart, they would occupy different parts of 
space. 

The greater distance, would make a difference in 
looks and habits, but there would be enough differ- 
ence six inches apart, to tell them apart. 

Instead of being a resident of some frontier, or 
backwoods county; or a local politician, 

DEVELOPED MAN, 

will be an inhabitant of the universe. He will vis- 
it and receive visitors from other worlds. 

But before doing this, he must complete his 
growth by finishing his work here. He must "re- 
plenish the earth and subdue it." He can only pro- 
gress in the order of creation, as he follows crea- 
tion's order — this is Natural Law. He must do this 
whether he wants to or not. 



284 

When fully developed, man will not look at one 
little spot as the 

GARDEN OF EDEN. 

The whole earth was, and will be a garden again, 
covered with fruit, flowers and singing birds. 
When man was put on earth, it was no larger in 
the eye of the 

CREATOR, 

than a dew-drop on a beautiful rose, sparkling in 
the morning sun. Just having been made, every- 
thing was fresh and in full bloom. 

When man was made, everything had a divine 
fragrance and grandeur, because nothing had gone" 
to decay. The earth was in a smiling state of in- 
fancy, tinted by hues put on by the Master Artist 
himself. 

It was all a garden. Man could not have put 
his foot down without being in one filled with beau- 
ties. 

But when trees shed their leaves and flowers 
faded, when birds went to another clime, man 
found himself in a changed condition. 

When he looked upon withered grass and heard 
the wind sigh through bare branches above him, he 
was lonesome indeed. 



285 
THE EARTH WAS NO LONGER A GARDEN. 

It was a dreary solitude, through which he must 
toil and plod for centuries, driven by want and 
haunted by sorrow, looking for the God who made 
him. 

He had everything to learn and accumulate. 
Through time and development he is becoming mas- 
ter of the situation. 

The future is foreshadowed and read through the 
Great Northwest, by seeing unoccupied space here* 
being constantly filled by the growth of man; thi$ 
condition reveals the truth; the filling of space by 
the growth of man, is as plainly seen as the growth 
of vegetation. The result of which, is proof of the 
text under consideration. 



286 

CHAPTER XXX. 
MY COAT OF ARMS. 

When you see it, do not ask: "To what lodge do 
you belong ?" 

Not any. Was never in any, not even a wigwam. 
Do not know a pass word or sign of any order. 

My coat of arms, neither represents a religious, 
secret, or political organization. 

It represents the broad principle of creation. 

A principle older than man ; one that will stand 
long after the present man has left the Earth. 

It represents the principle of the Trinity — a prin- 
ciple embracing all things. 



287 



MY COAT OF ARMS, IS 



THE PERFECT TRIANGLE. 




' Jr m 



It is three inches wide; the sum of the angles is 
three feet; it has three sides and three edges, and is 
painted three colors, in honor of the American 
Flag. 

By having three colors, just as many trinities can 
be found on it, as there were holy apostles. 

The three outer angles represent the Universal 
Trinity. 



288 

Eternal Time, Eternal Space, and Eternal Life. 

The three inner angles, represent the trinity of 
the family circle: 

Father, mother, and off -spring. 

The colors on the base, represent the trinity of 
time. 

The past, the present, and the future. 

The colors on the right elevation, represent the 
trinity of man. 

Man being the fruit of the union, between God 
and the earth, this trinity, is God, earth, and spirit. 

The colors on the left elevation, represent the 
trinity of nature. 

The animate, the inanimate ,and conscious-ani- 
mate. 

The three sides, on one side, represent the trinity 
of life. 

Which is inception, conception, and birth. 

. THEN IT OVEE. 

The three sides now presented, represent the trin- 
ity of friendship. 

Which is sympathy, truth, and love. 

The colors on the base, represent the trinity of 
home. 

W^hich is earth, labor, and fruit. 



289 

The colors on the right elevation, represent the 
trinity of industry. 

Which is agriculture, manufacturing, and com- 
merce. 

The colors on the left elevation, represent the 
trinity of happiness. 

Which is God, country, and home. 

The three outer points, represent the trinity of 
salvation. 

Which is faith, hope, and charity. 

The three inner angles, represent the trinity of 
Government. 

Which is manhood, brotherhood, and statehood. 

Trinities without end can be counted on the tri- 
angle. 

The triangle is not a handsome emblem or figure, 
but the most perfect representation of principle, of 
anything known. 

As a coat of arms, it does not represent the Reeve 
family alone, but the great human family. All in 
the Earth and upon it. 

By representing the principle of the trinity, the 
triangle shows that which I am; only an atom of 
the great whole; but a conscious atom. Through 
consciousness, I am connected with and a part of 
all. 



290 

Being conscious, makes man aware, that his per- 
fection depends upon helping make others perfect. 
Not until all are perfect, through consciousness 
and intelligence, will the creation of man be fin- 
ished. 



291 



CHAPTER XXXI. 
AN APOSTLE AND A LOG CABIN. 

Without saying or doing more, it would un- 
doubtedly be clear, that the object is to present the 
importance, dignity and honor of the soil. 

But after making this as clear as possible, the 
desire is to do all possible to put in practice, that 
which is advocated. 

That the best place for an ordinary man to enjoy 
independence, is on an unmortgaged farm, where 
he can gain support from his own labor is without 
question. 

This condition means more than simple existence. 
Properly understood and appreciated, it means ex- 
alted position. 

Man intelligently connected with nature, is in the 
highest relation to life. 

Man being only the conscious part of nature, or 
the intelligence through which nature communi- 
cates, the most exalted of all relations is the earth 
speaking through man; responding to labor and 
yielding fruit from thought. 

Science, is but developed nature. ( 
Multiplied numbers is the necessity for "Man 
to till the ground." 



292 

The earth is not only worthy of compliment, but 
demonstration and ceremony. 

In honor of the One Who made it; in honor of the 
first word spoken in reference to it; in honor of the 
American Fathers; in honor of the Great North- 
west, with its manhood, enterprise and resources; 
in honor of truth being brought to light through 
the growth of man, I propose to honor the earth 
with a 

PUBLIC CEREMONY. 

My ceremony will consist in putting a log cabin, 
such as honest men used to live in, not to get out of 
debt, but to keep out, on wheels, under the Amer- 
ican flag. It will then be taken to the boundary 
line between the United States and Canada, turned 
around and driven the length of North Dakota. 

After driving from Neche to Wahpeton, it will 
be at the option of the writer to declare the cere- 
mony over, or continue it on to the Gulf of Mexico 
. — or in any direction his judgment may dictate. 

This book will be taken to meet expenses. 

If impossible to interest the people in it suffi- 
ciently to get food, milking cows, splitting wood, 
or any honorable work will be cheerfully per- 
formed, if necessary. 



293 

Knowing the generosity of North Dakota people 
towards tramps, by having a movable cabin to sleep 
in by the roadside, and horses trained to stand on 
picket ropes, the risk of getting from Neche to Wah- 
peton will be fearlessly taken. The intention is 
to call at towns on the way. But the people will 
not be imposed upon, i 

This ceremony is my way of expressing faith in 
the land, on which we live. i 

When people become convinced of certain things, 
faith is usually expressed by some kinds of cere- 
mony. In religious matters, the ceremony may be 
sprinkling, or dipping under water. Or, it may be 
getting down on the knees and praying to an un- 
seen power. Or, it may be standing up aud shout- 
ing in an excited manner, and making others think 
they are in danger of immediate destruction 1 . 

My ceremony is purely and simply in honor of 
the earth; and that which is believed to be true re- 
garding it. 

It is in recognition of the fact, that the growth of 
man means its occupancy. That the occupancy of 
the earth means subduing it. That subduing it, 
means man's perfection and happiness on it; which, 
in time, means Heaven, or the way to get there. 

Subduing the earth, as the solution of the prob- 



294 

lem of society; as the unfoldment of the beauty and 
wisdom of creation, is altogether a different propo- 
sition from being a slave under a mortgage holder 
to support some one else on interest money. 

Building a house is from the ground up. Kef orm 
must be from the ground up. 

The man on the unmortgaged farm has freedom 
to act. 

Suppose one ever so competent, filling the place 
of an employe, under the bond of a Guaranty Com- 
pany, should attempt to engage in reform against 
a corrupt employer. How long would he last? Just 
long enough to reach the street; and he might not 
get employment again, for five years. 

But if he had manhood enough to go on a 
piece of land, and dig his living out of the earth, he 
could not be discharged. He could support any 
opinion he pleased as long as willing to work, and 
would have influence with his neighbors. 

A reformer must be independent of other classes 
to carry on a work of reform. The unmortgaged 
farmer, is the strongest of all in this respect. His 
strength rests upon natural conditions, not by way 
of personal favor from some one who needs the as- 
sistance of a tool, who will kick him out as soon as 
through using. 



295 

A young man with ambition will never exchange 
an independent position on land to be a cheap slave 
under an employer. 

The unmortgaged farmer stands at the head by 
reason of natural law. 

MY COAT OF AKMS 

will be on the sides of the cabin. 

A coat of arms might seem out of place on a log 
cabin, but when properly considered, it is the most! 
appropriate place of all for one. 

My coat of arms does not represent what has been 
done only, but that which must be, and will be. 

The perfect triangle, must be equal on all sides; 
so must the trinity of existence. Men being the 
fruit of the union between God and the earth, the 
earth and man, forming two sides of the triangle, 
must become perfect, to correspond with the third 
side. 

It is my belief, that natural conditions will force 
man to direct his attention to subduing the earth. 
Which' is made clear by his growth. 

It is my belief, as soon as this is plainly seen by 
all, that social and industrial conditions will 
change. 

It is my belief, that as soon as this idea becomes 



296 



fixed in the minds of the people, as "the Base Idea," 
the nature and channels of thought will change ac- 
cordingly — and all conditions will be more perfect. 



297 



CHAPTER XXXII. 

A PROCLAMATION DECLARING PROS- 
PERITY. 

It is not imparting anything new to state, that 
under a government by the people, where the peo- 
ple become oppressed, depressed or dissatisfied, it 
is not only thir right, but duty, to rise up and throw 
off the unsatisfactory condition. 

This being a constitutional right, as one of the 
people, in the name of the people and for the people, 

PROSPERITY 

is hereby declared to reign with all who exercise 
intelligence and industry. 

Declaring this state to exist, is not assumption of 
power, it is frocm seeing intelligence sticking out of 
the people. 



298 

CHAPTER XXXIII. 

"A FISH/' NOT "A SERPENT." 

"What man is there of you, whom if his son ask 
bread, will he give him a stone?" 

Give him this book, and let him take the coupons 
in it and reap a substantial benefit. 

This is an age, where the desire is to get most for 
the least. 

To meet this necessity, there is a business end 
attached to this book, making it a profitable invest- 
ment, if not a word is found in it, either interesting 
or instructive. 

Every coupon passes for a cash discount in the 
purchase of articles named. 

This is a start toward settling the financial ques- 
tion without the aid of Congress, 

MONEY IS ONLY A MEDIUM OF EXCHANGE. 

Buying this book, is as good as having so much 
cash to get the best there is to plant, eat, read, 
chew and smoke. After calling attention to the 
importance, honor and dignity of the soil; particu- 
larly, 



299 

THE GEEAT NOKTHWEST, 

it is not the intention, to hold out a selfish hand as 
a real estate agent for commissions 

Your humble servant, is an agent, only for the 
benefit of those who buy this book. 

So, if its subject matter is disappointing, more 
than its cost can be gained in other ways. 

One could hardly hope to do better than get a 
book for a small amount, and a large amount for 
reading it. 

Free information in reference to lands, as well 
as reduced prices on lands and other highly valua- 
ble things, can be had by detaching the coupons 
and mailing as directed. 

Upon receipt of land coupons, by those to whom 
directed, printed information will be sent to those 
requesting it. 

Upon all sales made in this way, the writer is 
entitled to a commission of five per cent as agent of 
the company making the sale. 

This commission is subtracted from the purchase 
price and given to the purchaser of the land as a 
reward for buying and reading this book. 

If the amount of the purchase should be one 
thousand dollars, fifty dollars will be gained by in- 
vesting fifty cents in 



300 
"WHAT I THINK AFTER THINKING," 

and using a land coupon from it. 

You cannot get the discount if a customer of any 
one else. 

This book is written to show the importance of 
land; not get commissions on the sale of it. Com- 
missions are given away to sell the book, not the 
book to get commissions. 

If through this means, a continent should be 
sold, the writer would not get a postage stamp out 
of it, beyond the sale of a book. 

In addition to land, the discount on other articles 
makes the purchase of this publication a good pay- 
ing investment 

HOW TO GET FREE INFORMATION. 

To get free information and reduced prices on 
land, detach the coupon leaf, date it at top, and 
sign your name and post office address on lines at 
bottom. Put it in a stamped envelope, and address 
it to the land department named on coupon. 

Then, with a cheerful step and a heart full of 
confidence, go to the post office and mail it. 

In a surprisingly short time, you will receive full 
and reliable information about lands and oppor- 
tunities in the richest part of the world. 



301 

After looking over this literature and seeing 
what is here, yon will feel like kicking yourself, to 
think yon did not come years ago and get a good 
farm, in the Great Northwest, instead of grubbing 
your life out among stumps and stones in the East. 

It is not too late yet. 

In a short time, we hope to see you coming, either 
in a tourist car, or covered wagon, with flocks and 
herds, to the grandest country beneath the sun. 

In order to give my readers the best service, every 
coupon is in the shape of a letter, so all that is neces- 
sary, is to date it at the top, and sign your name and 
post office address at the bottom; by doing this, 
your rights are complete. You have started on the 
road to prosperity — you will prosper. If not, it 
will be your own fault. 

GKEAT NORTHERN RAILWAY LANDS. 

The Great Northern Eailway, is one of the most 
prosperous roads in the country, because the land 
tributary to it in the 

RED RIVER VALLEY 

is so productive, it furnishes all the road can haul — 
at threshing season. 

The lands of this company are principally on the 



302 

Minnesota side of the Red River of the North, in 
The Famous Valley. 

The company goes on the principle that land oc- 
cupied and producing, is not only worth more to a 
railroad, but to all other business; and for this rea- 
son, settlers! are given most liberal terms. 

The result of this policy is, the country is ex- 
tensively settled, and good neighbors, good church- 
es, and good schools are everywhere to be found. 

This, together with the ■richness of the soil and 
the nearness of the best markets, makes a home in 
the Red River Valley as desirable, 

AS ANYWHERE ON EARTH. 

The officers of the company are good men, with 
good land to sell on good terms; good settlers are 
appreciated and receive good treatment. 

If you want a good piece of earth, at a reasonable 
price, it can be had here with five per cent off, by 
using the "Great Northern Coupon" in this book. 



303 

NORTHERN PACIFIC RAILROAD LANDS. 

Free information and reduced prices can be had 
on lands belonging to this Company by using the 

"NORTHERN PACIFIC COUPON." 

The Northern Pacific is the pioneer road of the 
Northwest. The national government is the father 
of this great line. 

It has the largest land grant of any road in the 
world. The variety to select from is without end. 

It is a pleasure to its officers to give information 
about 

THE GOLDEN NORTHWEST. 

It will fill you with delight and elevate your ideas 
of life and the world to know what is here. Do 
not be afraid to ask questions. You are dealing 
with gentlemen and treading on solid ground. You 
have a territory from which to select, reaching from 
Lake Superior to Puget Sound. Farming lands, 
grasing lands, gold mines and silves mines — are all 
here. i 



304 

XORTHRUP. KING & COMPANY. 

The earth would be valueless, and man could not 
live on it, without seed to plant. 

Here is a cash return for buying the book. 

By using the Northrop, King & Company Coupon 
in it. a cash discount of ten per cent is given on all 
purchases of vegetable and flower seeds made from 
their Catalogue. 

Write to Xorthrup. King & Company, Seed Grow- 
ers, 26. 2S. SO & 32 Hennepin Ave., Minneapolis, 
Minn., for Catalogue. It will be seat with pleasure 
and you will know all about prices and varied 



305 

THE MINNEAPOLIS JOURNAL. 

The man or family who does not read, cannot ex- 
pect to occupy a very strong position either in so- 
ciety or business. 

THE BEST IS THE CHEAPEST. 

The Minneapolis Journal is a favorite newspaper 
with all classes. 

It is enterprising and full of news, year in and' 
year out. 

Twenty per cent can be saved by using the Jour- 
nal Coupon from this book. 



306 
THE MINNEAPOLIS TRIBUNE. 

W. J. Murphy, Esq., is General Manager of this 
paper. 

Mr. Murphy received his first political and news- 
paper experience in North Dakota. 

Any one who succeeds as a politician and editor 
in this State, is competent to take a hand anywhere 
on earth with the best of them. 

PLEASE READ THE FOLLOWING OFFER: 

"Mr. Reeve : 

We will furnish the Farmers Twice a Week Tri- 
bune, for one year, to parties sending us coupons 
from your book, 'What I Think After Thinking,' at 
a discount of thirty per cent — or seventy cents per 

year. i 

Yours respectfully, 

F. E. MURPHY, 

i Superintendent of Circulation." 

Look at this and think of it. 

The Tribune not only sends out one copy a week 
to the farmer, but two. 

Think of getting a semi-weekly paper a year 
for seventy cents. Making the cost of a weekly, 
thirty-five cents. 

The best way to build up the country would be, 



307 

to send this paper to Eastern farmers for a year and 
give them an idea of the West and Western enter- 
prise. 

Or- send this book with coupons in it, and let 
them get a farm, garden seeds, all kinds of papers, 
and a bill of groceries for a trifle. 



308 

FAEM STOCK AND HOME. 

Whether named consciously or unconsciously, 
knowingly or unknowingly, it is complete in beauty 
and principle. 

ITS NAME IS A TRINITY. 

Wonder if the founder thought of this when he 
named it, or whether the universal and ever present 
principle spoke through him and he did not know 
it? 

Its name is as representative of principle, as the 
colors in the American flag. Thoroughly under- 
stood and appreciated, the name and heading of 
this paper is worth more than the price of a year's 
subscription to frame and hang up. The word 

"FAEM" 

means much — especially if unmortgaged. The 

word 

"STOCK" 

means much — especially if good stock. Knowing 
how to take good care of good stock, having a good 
place to do it, and doing it, is still better. 

It takes an agricultural college, a department of 



309 

a State University, and a long line of professors 
to impart this knowledge. Bnt by buying this 
book, and using the 

"FARM STOCK AND HOME COUPON," 

in it, you get all for forty cents a year. 
"HOME." 

Think of this; a life and a world is in this word 
alone. Home, or want of it, means happinesis or 
misery on earth; millions are sighing for one and 
millions more are struggling to make or keep one. 

"HOME" 

means a place to live; it not only means a place to 
live, but something to live on and for; something 
with which to meet want and bring happiness. 

To have this, means a knowledge of natural law 
and industry. 

"FARM STOCK AND HOME" 

tells all about it. Its editor is a wise man and an 
honest gentleman. He understands that the 
"Farm" is the foundation of society; that it is the 
key-stone in the arch of industry. 

He has spent the best part of an intelligent life 
trying to make this clear to humanity; he under- 



310 

stands that man's development depends upon de- 
veloping the earth. He understands that develop- 
ing the earth, means there must be 

"STOCK" 

with which to do it; that good is always better than 
poor. That developing the earth and raising good! 
things with which to do it, is the foundation of 

"HOME." 

That "Home" is the foundation of happiness. His 
paper should be on every parlor table in the United 
States by the side of the Bible, and his picture 
should hang on the parlor wall. 

New subscribers get a discount of twenty per 
cent by using the coupon from this book. Send 
forty cents with it, and you will get one of the best 
agricultural papers on earth for one year. You will 
be wiser and happier for so doing. 



311 
MY TOBACCO EXPERIENCE. 

I do not smoke. The only tobacco I ever saw in 
my father's house, belonging to any member of th^ 
family, was that taken in to try by myself, when 
a boy. 

Not having come from a tobacco strain of people, 
the "weed" got me down. 

My first experience was with chewing. 

A German who worked on the Indiana home- 
stead, lost his tobacco box. It fell in my pathway 
of life to find it. 

Being of an investigating turn of mind, I turned 
it over and investigated it. It contained very 
strong, black, "fine cut." 

Being ambitious to gain experience and taste the 1 
luxuries of life as I went along, I filled my mouth 
and walked out behind the barn to do some tasting. 

After chewing vigorously for a reasonable period, 
I leaned up against the barn in a comfortable posi- 
tion to enjoy my experience and wait for anticipat- 
ed pleasure. 

In a short time, greatly to my surprise, the barn 
seemed to be moving on its foundation. 

I started to stand up, and the earth seemed going 
the wrong way. Everything was in a whirl and I 
was whirling with it. 



312 

Experience came like a cyclone; the effects of 
chewing were in full operation 

When the barn came whirling around for the last 
time, with difficulty I managed to crawl under it. 

In a short time, I was surrounded by a herd of 
swine that seemed to think I was calling to feed 
them. i 

Fearing they might take advantage of my condi- 
tion and eat me up entirely, an effort was made to 
get to the house. My legs were like two wet 
strings. They seemed all joints, unusually limber. 

An outbuilding was reached, there my experi- 
ence overcame me again. 

The dinner bell rang. There was "one vacant 
chair." They missed me "at home." 

"Where is Budd?" No one knew. After diligent 
search, the lost was found — never was so white be- 
fore or since, and never want to be again. 

My condition was so strange and violent, it was 
pronounced cholera. Questions without number 
were asked as to what I had been drinking and eat- 
ing — not a question about chewing. W T here, and 
how I felt when first taken. 

My head was packed in cold cloths, a mustard 
plaster was put on my stomach and a hot flat iron 
at my feet. 



313 

Every few minutes sure symptoms of cholera 
would appear in the shape of retching and general 
collapse. 

The contents of my stomach not showing it was 
from eating, made the symptoms all the more 
alarming. 

When the final diagnosis was made, it was decid- 
ed, that I had swallowed, when I should have ex- 
pectorated. 

That I had overlooked the importance of spitting 
when chewing — strict attention has been paid to 
this ever since and chewing carefully avoided. 

Those who claimed to know said, "Tobacco only 
makes you sick once; after that, you love it." 

Upon the strength of this, supposed valu- 
able information, smoking was tried. My duty on 
the Indiana farm, was to go after the cows and 
milk. On this occasion, they were a mile away in 
the woods ; it was a warm summer evening. 

Not wishing to have it said, one chew of tobacco 
got me down and kept me there, a clay pipe wag 
filled good and solid, and as I sailed away on a 
horse, a stream of smoke rolled back behind me 
like a chimney on fire. 

When the woods were reached, the trees seemed 
to be walking around with the cows. 



314 

I tied my horse to. one of the moving trees and 
lay down on the ground. But it seemed as though 
I was going right on, and as though the earth had 
taken up the pipe and gone to smoking. 

THE COWS GOT HOME FIKST. 

My symptoms were those of another attack of 
cholera. 

One cow was partly milked, the balance had to 
be left. 

My second experience came on so suddenly, 1 for- 
got to hide the cause of it, and as I lay stretched 
out on the bed, the prima facie evidence fell out of 
my pocket. 

It was before the days of Keeley Institutes; be- 
fore present methods of treatment were known. 

My father being a very courageous man, one 
never shrinking from responsibility when emerg- 
ency demanded it, concluded to ignore all science 
and treat me for the "Tobacco habit," according to 
his own ideas of the disease. 

His remedy, and way of giving it, was not as 
pleasant as some, but it was a cure all right — not a 
gold cure, either. 

It would be impossible to describe the treatment 
fully, or give the ingredients of the remedy— it was 
not a patent medicine. 



315 

The most I remember about it is, it had bark on 
the outside of it, and there seemed to be something 
very hard on the inside of it. 

He put it on externally and with both hands. It 
made me bark when he gave it to me on the inside, 
and took the bark off of me on the outside. It was 
what would be called by the boys nowadays, "hot 
stuff." 

Just what it was I cannot say ; if I knew, it would 
be violating family confidence to give it away. One 
dose was a cure. It did not take three weeks at 
great expense, either. Think it was about three 
minutes — but it seemed like three years. 

Although permanently cured of the "tobacco 
habit" when young, I claim to be an expert judge 
of cigars. 

I have looked into the subject of smoking, up one 
side and down the other, and all I can find about it, 
or in it, is tasting and smelling smoke. 

To do this, it is not necessary to hold the cigar inl 
your own mouth. 

It can be done by letting some one else hold it 
and perform the physical labor of putting on the air* 
pressure. I have sat in smoke ever since taking 
the "cure," and inhaled from every grade of tobacco 
and pipe. 



316 

It is a principle of science, well known to sports- 
men, that if a hunting dog is allowed to chew game, 
it is bad for the dog's scent. If allowed to fill his 
mouth with blood, feathers and flesh, the strong 
taste of these things, to a greater or less degree, de- 
tracts from the keen sense of smell. 

Or, if nothing more, draws the attention of the 
dog from smelling, so his nose is not as strong as 
though that alone was developed. 

It is the same with drinking whiskey ; one drink- 
er can't smell another's breath; but a delicate, high- 
strung woman, — especially if a prohibitionist — 
might smell the breath of a drinker, before half 
way home; and in some cases, before he left the 
saloon. 

Then he wonders how she found it out. If she 
drank, she could not; the taste in her mouth would 
dull her sense of smell so, she would have to put 
her nose down his throat to find out what had gone 
down his neck. 

How about eating onions? It is well known 
that where one person eats onions and the other 
does not, that the one who does not, frequently eats 
them for self-protection — has to take the taste of 
onions in the mouth, to destroy the smell of the 
breath of the individual who eats them. 



317 

By not injuring my sense of smell, by putting to- 
bacco in my own mouth, I have cigar-testing down 
to a fine point. 

My way of enjoying smoke and judging of the 
quality of tobacco, would not make a cigar manu- 
facturer rich; but my opinion as to the value of his 
goods might count more than a nickel in the slot — 
that is, if he kept first-class goods. 

Under my way of enjoying smoke, if twenty mem 
were in a room, and nineteen of them were indulg- 
ing, I would get the benefit of nineteen cigars all 
at once — free. 

I'd not only taste and smell smoke, but have my 
clothes full of it. 

It might seem narrow and selfisih to let others' 
buy all the cigars and perform all the labor of using* 
them, then sit back and get the full benefit without 
cost, but this is the only way I can do it since tak- 
ing the "cure." 



318 
ROYAL CIGAR COMPANY. 

241 First Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minn. 

There is no comparison between a good cigar at 
a low price, and a poor one, at a high price. 

The best way to lighten the burden of life, is 
to make the money go as far as possible. 

If you smoke, by using the 

"ROYAL CIGAR COMPANY COUPON" 

in this book, you get the best at a price that makes 
others wonder how it is done — it is the coupon. 

You cannot only get wholesale prices, but factory 
prices, with 5 per cent off — on a single box. 

THIS CANNOT BE BEATEN. 

Selling one box at factory prices, with 5 per cent 
discount, is something never before known in regu- 
lar trade. Please run your eye down the list and 
look at prices and quality of goods. 

FACTORY PRICES. 

Admiral Goldsborough, concha Especial.f 52 per M. 

Admiral Goldsborough, Regalia .' $57 per M. 

Admiral Goldsborough, Perfecto $63 per M. 

La Carino $45 per M. 

Senate Bouquet $32 per M. 



319 

Golden Laurel |32 per M. 

Golden Circle $22 per M. 

Favorite Junior Pioneer . . . . $15 per M. 

Red Line Stogies $12 per M. 

All good guaranteed to give satisfaction and be 
as represented, i 

BUY A BOX AND SEE. 

If not as represented, the sign will be taken 
down. , • 

On a purchase above 1,000, a greater discount 
will be given. 

The place through which you purchase does not 
cover a whole square, but the place where the goods 
are manufactured covers several. It is the largest 
factory in the United States. 

It is a rule of business, that a wholesaler cannot 
retail, but by buying this book and using the cou- 
pon in it, that rule drops out of sight. You can get 
a single box or a carload at the same price. 

Please take notice of how it is done. 



320 
THE MINNEAPOLIS TIMES. 

W. E Haskell, 

President and Manager. 
John Rlanehard, James Gray, 

Editor. City Editor. 

SUBSCRIPTION RATES. (By Mail.) 
In Advance. 

Daily only, three months $0 . 75 

Daily and Sunday, three months 1 . 00 

Daily only, one year 3 . 00 

Daily and Sunday, one year 4 . 00 

Sunday only, six months 50 

Sunday only, one year 1 . 00 

It is not necessary to introduce this paper to the 
public. 

There is not one in a community who reads, so 
stupid, as not to be familiar with it. 

THIS IS AN INDEPENDENT NEWSPAPER, 

It writes its own editorials and publishes the 
latest hashes fresh from the wires. 

It does not deal in second-hand opinions, or wear 
second-hand clothes. 

It does not go by signs in the almanac, but by the 
signs of 



321 

THE TIMES. 

Its characteristics and style are distinctively 
its awn. 

New subscribers, by mail, can get it at a discount 
of 20 per cent., by using 

"THE MINNEAPOLIS TIMES COUPON," 

in this book. They can get the 

Daily only, three months f . 60 

Daily and Sunday, three months .80 

Daily only, one year 2 . 40 

Daily and Sunday, one year 3 . 20 

Sunday only, six months 40 

Sunday only, one year 80 

When a metropolitan daily like 

THE MINNEAPOLIS TIMES, 

can be had one year for |2 . 40, 

and the Sunday and Daily one year for f 3 . 20, 

it is calculated to make the editor of an ordinary 
paper feel weary wondering how he is going to 
meet these prices and live. 

It can only be done by buying this book and us- 
ing the coupon in it. 



322 

THE ST. PAUL GLOBE. 

Hard times and discontent should be expected, 
when the principles of Jefferson and Jackson are 
allowed to decay. 

When the best weekly newspapers can be had 
a year, for a single day's labor, there should not 
be an ignorant man, woman or child in the United 
States. 

Every community should read and know both 
sides. 

THE GLOBE 

has always stood by the interests of the people. 

It should be in every house in the Northwest, 
for the next twelve months at least. 

This is to be a political year; to read only one 
side, is to see out of only one eye and hear out of 
one ear. 

THE GLOBE 

is a high-toned clean-cut newspaper in every sense 
of the word. 

By using the Globe coupon in this book, New 
Subscribers can get the daily and Sunday one yeai* 

for 14.00 

The Daily for ... $3.00 

The Weekly for 60c 

This is a discount of twenty per cent on the Daily 
and Sunday, twenty-five on the Daily, and forty 
per cent on the Weekly. 



323 
THE ST. PAUL PIONEER PRESS. 

Here is a landmark. A very large mark cover- 
ing a very large amount of land. 

This paper has grown up with the State of Min- 
nesota; it has helped make the state, and is still 
working, not only for Minnesota, but the entire 
Northwest. 

Here is a patriotic, enterprising journal. Loyal 
to Home and loyal to Country. 

By using the Pioneer Press Coupon in this book, 
new subscribers can get a discount on the Weekly 
Pioneer of twenty-five per cent. They get this 
superb weekly one year for seventy-five cents. 



324 



THE NORTHWESTERN FARMER. 

Is lie appreciated? Why not? 

Of course he is. 

Sometimes he pays high, for that which he buys, 
and gets low for that which he sells: Sometimes 
he meets frosts, hailstorms, blights, winds, drouths. 

But with it all, he goes on like a busy bee, ex- 
tracting from sunshine and the dews of Heaven, 
golden treasures from the earth, by labor, to enrich: 
and benefit the world. 

We could not get along without him. 

He is not only appreciated but honored. In his 
honor a large agricultural paper is called, 

THE NORTHWESTERN FARMER. 

It is not only named in his honor, but published 
for his benefit. 

It is a guide and text-book to go to at all times, 
to get out of a hole, or the dark. 

It tells when to plow and how. What to sow 
and how. The best breeds of stock, and how to 
care for them. How to plant trees. How to 
destroy insects and weeds. All about poultry and 
its care. How to make butter and garden. 



325 

In fact, how to make the farm productive and 
the farmer prosperous. 

By buying this book and using 

"THE NORTHWESTERN FARMER COUPON" 

in it, new subscribers get a discount of 40 per cent. 
They get the. paper one year, for 

THIRTY CENTS. 

The coupon passes for twenty cents in gold on 
a new subscription. 

If raising the other thirty cents, to get this all- 
important and valuable paper, is going to be a 
financial strain or embarrassment, with your per- 
mission, a friend will put his head with yours and 
make a few suggestions. That is what we are here 
for; to help each other along — to make life as easy 
and pleasant as possible. 

The price of two pounds of butter will do it. 
Three pecks potatoes will do it. Three dozen 
eggs will do it. Three hours work, at ten cents an 
hour,, will do it. A half bushel of wheat, will more 
than do it. One pound of tobacco will do it. Six 
quarts of milk, at five cents a quart, will do it. 

If ever tempted to drink beer, six glasses at five 
cents a glass will do it — providing you do not 



326 

drink, but put the money into the paper. Two 
drinks of whiskey, at fifteen cents a drink, will 
do it. 

A farmer can't buy everything, or give up every- 
thing. 

These are hard times, and thirty cents is consid- 
erable money, under some circumstances — I know 
all about those circumstances — that is why I have 
offered to put my head with yours. 

But if interested in the soil, and that which it 
produces, if you can't get thirty cents off of your 
farm to put into 

THE NORTHWESTERN FARMER, 

there is either something the matter with your soil, 
that can't be cured, or bad mismanagement some- 
where. We hope this is not so. 



327 

CHAPTER XXXIV. 

NORTH DAKOTA. 

In presenting North Dakota interests and attrac- 
tions, it is proper to give a history of the state. 

HERE IT IS. 

North Dakota is a great state, containing many 
good people. But there is room for more. 

THE FARGO ARGUS. 

This is the oldest morning daily in the state. It 
started before the Indians left the Red River Val- 
ey; when the buffao was a common inhabitant of 
the Western prairie. 

People come and go, but like a placid river, 

THE ARGUS 

flows on, bearing the news, bright and sparkling, 
to the broad world. 

The Daily and Sunday is |5.00 

Sunday 1.50 

Weekly 1.00 

By buying this book and using the Argus Coupon 



328 

in it, new subscribers get a discount of 33 1-3 per 

cent, on above prices. 

You get the Daily and Sunday for .' .$3.33 

The Sunday for 1.00 

The Weekly for 66c 

By subscribing for the Daily and Sunday after 

buying this book, you not only save enough to pay 

for the book, but have f 1.17 left for the preacher or 

to buy your wife a new pair of shoes. 



329 
THE FARGO FORUM. 

A newspaper is known by its editor. 

A newspaper cannot run without an editor, any 
more than a train of cars can run without force to 
move it. 

THE EDITOR IS THE STEAM BEHIND THE 
PAPER. 

If the Editor of the Forum had money in propor- 
tion to experience, he would own the world. 

He is a natural born parent. 

He is not only the father of a large family and the 
Forum, but the Grandfather, of the Fargo Argus. 

It would be impossible to write a history of 
Fargo, and not have 

MAJOR EDWARDS 

strictly in it. 

He is older than the city. He was there first. 
He helped bring the city into life. He is there still 
— not trying to keep the city alive, but to make it 
lively for the boys. 

He is a success in this line. 

He is one of the men whom circumstances or any 
thing else, thus far, have not been able to keep 



330 

down. He was born that way. He is a large man 
and can't help it. He is bound to be at the front, 
if there is a front to be at. 

If he is put at the tail end, he is so much larger 
than the front, the tail is taken for the head, and 
the procession turns around and goes the other 
way. 

He is a peculiar man. Whichever end lie is at 
is the front, because he is there. This is the way 
everyone should be made, to be sure of success un- 
der all circumstances. 

He started the Argus in a tar paper shanty ahead 
of furniture shops; when the inhabitants were rail- 
road graders living in tents; when he had to go out 
in the woods and cut down large saplings to make 
himself a chair to sit in to keep from standing up to 
write for his paper — to tell what was going on, 
what ought to go on, and what not. 

Not only the Argus became famous under his 
management, but the Northwest was made famous 
through it. 

Those conditions in life, that so often overtake 
enterprising business men, called "circumstances" 
overtook him one day, and took the Argus away 
from him. 

He stepped out of a five story brick building 



331 

equipped from basement to roof with steam. It 
was heated by steam and run by steam, and every 
issue of the paper was full of steam, that got up 
steam everywhere else. 

When he left the Argus, he simply had a pair of 
hands and some pockets in which to put them. 

But his head and energy were in good running 
order. Being just as much at home in a shack as 
a palace, he rented the first one-story wooden hovel 
he came to, got a few pounds of type and placed 
before the world 

THE FARGO FORUM. 

In a short time, everything was swept away by fire, 
but the name and fame of the editor. 

The Forum, as might be expected, arose . from 
the ashes. 

It now occupies a pressed brick front. 

When you enter the office, if the Major is home, 
he pushes his spectacles back on his forehead, 
smiles, puts out his hand, and asks you to take a 
seat. He then tells you how happy he is. How 
the Forum is being called for everywhere and what 
he thinks about politics and business. Particular- 
ly politics. 



332 

He prides himselves on standing by his friends 
and on his political platform. He has been tried 
in this respect and not found wanting. Having 
been faithful over few things, it is not strange if 
made ruler over many. 

When elected to the legislature to support pro- 
hibition, he stood firmly by the pledge. 

He does not believe in moving the State Capitol 
to enforce the law, but in electing to office those 
who will enforce the law in the capitol where it is. 

It is not everyone who loves the Major — this is 
true of every other person — they are not loved by 
all. 

The Major says, "Woe unto you, when all men 
speak well of you." 

Once an old lady was instructing her grandson 
to speak well of everyone; no matter who or what 
the person might be — to have a kind word. 

Thinking to get around grandmother, the boy 
asked, — 

"What compliment shall I pay the devil?" 

The old lady thought a moment, and answered, 

"He is very persevering, to say the least.' 7 

No matter who may like or dislike Major Ed- 
wards, there is one point in his character on which 
all can agree. 



333 

"He is very persevering, to say the least.'' 
He does not wish to force 

THE FORUM. 

onto anyone. He simply asks that the people stop 
long enough to look at it a few times. After this, 
he is willing to abide by the decision of its read- 
ers. 

All who buy this book, can get 

THE WEEKLY FORUM, 

ninety days, for 9 two-cent Postage Stamps — or 
a year for 36 Stamps. 

At the end of ninety days, if not satisfied, it will 
only cost a one cent postal card to stop it; and the 
Major will go on his way rejoicing and smiling, 
looking for new faces and new names to take the 
Forum. 



334 

NORTHWESTERN GROCERY CO. 

Thos. Kleinogel. 

WHOLESALE GROCERS. 

205 and 207 Broadway, Fargo, N. D. 

Every work is a matter of anxiety until finished 
and its result known. 

And sometimes the anxiety is greater after the 
result is known than before. 

Every effort has been put forth, to make this 
work in some degree, a success. 

The brain, the heart and the poc*ketbook, have 
been appealed to. But as a last effort, an ippeal 
is made to the stomach, 

By aiming at everything in sight, it is hoped that 
something may be hit. 

If the human family can be aimed at all over, and 
not hi tany where, the surprise will be great indeed. 

MR. THOS. KLEINOGEL, 

is proprietor of the Northwestern Grocery C>. 

In 1896, as Chairman of the democratic commit- 
tee of North Dakota, he managed the National 
Democratic Campaign for Hon. W. J. Bryan in this 
State. 



335 

In this capacity, those opposed to him, accused 
him of being in favor or cheap money; of wanting 
to make a dollar worth only fifty cents. 

This gentleman, now has a smile on his face, 
and comes, to give the farmers, and all others, a 
dollar's worth of groceries for fifty cents. 

Some will undoubtedly object to this, more than 
to fifty cent dollars — so-called. 

Every farmer and family can tell by looking at 
bills, what they have been, and are, paying for gro- 
ceries. 

Look at prices below and compare with what 
you are paying, and see if there is not something 
worth considering. 

Any one purchasing to the amount of ten dol- 
lars, gets wholesale prices. 

Here is what ten dollars will tray: 
10 lbs. K. Mocha and Java Coffee, Roasted. .$ 2.80 

5 Gal. Pure Sugar Syrup 2.00 

10 lbs. California Prunes 60 

10 lbs. " Peaches 1.10 

10 lbs. " Apricots 1 . 00 

25 lbs. Rolled Oats 75 

2 lbs Pure Ground Jamacia Ginger 70 

1 Doz. Cakes Snowberry Toilet Soap 60 

8 Oz. Pure Jamaica Ginger Extract 45 

110.00 



336 

Here is what $14.60 will buy: • 

5 lbs. Fine Sun Dried Japan Tea $1 . To 

10 lbs. Choice Bio Coffee 1.20 

10 lbs. Fine Crushed Java 1 . 00 

12 lbs. Banana Tobacco, Plug 3.00 

1 Box Wax Soap, Best Laundry 3.00 

1 Box A. B. C. Crackers, about 24 lbs., T^c 

per lb 1 . 80 

10 lbs. Best South Carolina Kice TO 

2 lbs. Strictly Pure Ground Pepper 50 

8 Oz. Triple Strength Lemon Extract 50 

8 Oz. Triple Strength Vanilla Extract ... .60 
1 Doz. Tarlo Toilet Soap 55 

$14.60 
All goods strictly first-class — guaranteed 
through and through. 

These are to-day's prices on a few things only. 

Everything is carried in stock known to the gro- 
cery trade; orders will be filled from ten dollars upi 
to ten thousand, with a discount of ten per cent on 
the 

NORTHWESTERN GROCERY COMPANY COU- 
PON 
taken from this book, on everything but sugar. 
THERE IS NO DISCOUNT ON SUGAR. 

Please do not make any mistake in reference to 
this; every article known to the grocery trade, but 



337 

sugar, you can get at wholesale prices with ten per 
cent off by buying this book and using the coupon. 

If quotations are a little lower farther east, 
please remember Fargo is 240 miles nearer North 
Dakota than Minneapolis and St. Paul, and the dif- 
ference in quotations would be the difference in 
freight between these points. 

That institution is not on top of earth, that can 
undersell the Northwestern Grocery Company, and 
live, in connection with the coupon. 

THIS IS HOW IT IS DONE. 

Mr. Kleinogel is not a man of expensive habits. 
He is not trying to run society ; he is not trying to 
keep up a larger mansion than any one else; he 
doesn't keep liveried servants arid have a different 
style of vehicle every time he comes down town. 
He walks to his office, and has his shoulder to the 
wheel, giving his customers the full benefit of his 
economy. 

Instead of a large number of travelling men on 
the road to work for business, at an expense of 
thousands of dollars, to be paid out of business 
profits, his appearance in this book does not cost 
one cent. The customer who buys a book, gets it 
all, and all salaries are settled and account books 



388 

balanced, when fity cents is invested in this simple 
way. The one who gets under this, will have to 
sleep in a cheaper cabin, and sell a cheaper book. 
If f 100 worth of groceries are purchase on this cou- 
pon, }9.50 spot cash is saved below any other 
price. 

Write to the house and ask for prices. The low- 
est market will be quoted to you. If prices go 
down, you get the benefit ; if up, you are treated ac- 
cordingly. 

If you do not care anything about cheap* land, 
getting the best newspapers to read at the lowest 
price, or smoking good cigars, you must eat. 

PLEASE CALL. 

All orders must accompany coupon with cash, or 
its equivalent. 



339 
THE PLAINDEALEB. 

This paper is just what its name indicates. 

It deals plainly with all matters. 

It does not try to make black look white, or, 
white black. 

Whatever the color or character may be, it deals 
out the plain truth about it. 

It goes on the principle, that principle is bound 
to triumph. 

It follows the natural law of commerce, that ev- 
erry one not only has the right, but eventually will. 
trade where the most can be had for the least 
money. On this principle 

THE PLAINDEALEK 

lives, grows and prospers. 

Every one who reads, "What I Think After 
Thinking," can testify, it is free from political senti- 
ment and prejudice. 

My political views are known to all — who know 
me. That is, when I know them myself. 

Since conditions have become so mixed, every one 
has to stop and think, before being able to define a 
position on all questions, it would he placing a 
great responsibility on the neighbors to tell where 



340 

I stand, without consulting me just before speak- 
ing. 

In North Dakota, as elsewhere, political parties 
have come and gone. 

But regardless of changes, 

THE PLAINDEALER 

stands and shines like a star. 

Whether dark or moonlight, clear or stormy, it 
comes out every evening, glittering and twinkling 1 
all over with news, and bright with enterprise. 

New subscribers by mail, who buy this book and 
use 

"THE PLAINDEALEK COUPON" 

in it, can get the Daily one year for $1 . 50 

and the Weekly for 50 

Do not ask what discount this is ; it is the great- 
est of all. Take the paper and see. 

The one who can furnish a first-class Western 
daily for less, is welcome to the field. 

This is the only Democratic Daily in North Da- 
kota. 

If the one who wrote the Declaration of Inde- 
pendence, helped frame the National Constitution, 
and was President of the United States, should re- 



341 

turn to the earth and see what the Red River Val- 
ley furnishes to enrich railroads, banks, machine 
agents, and all other classes of business; when told 
there is but one Democratic Daily in the state, and 
that can be had for $1.50 per year on a coupon from 
thsi book; if not found in every house and place 
of business throughout the Commonwealth, can it 
be imagined what he would say and do? 

He would blush to think he was claimed as a 
party father. He would never utter another word 
on politics, but grasp the business opportunity to 
get rich. 

He would open out as a wholesale dealer in 
coarse lumber and baled hay to provide food and 
sheds for future followers, — Thomas Jefferson 
would become a modern business man. 

Economy is not only advocated in the Plaindeal- 
er, but put in practice. 

This is the first instance, where a first-class 
daily, has ever been offered in this part of the world 
for $1.50. 

But it is not strange. When natural advantages 
and great resources are taken into consideration, 
anything is possible here. 

See where we are. 

Duluth and West Superior are east of us, on the 



342 

finest harbor in the world, surrounded by mines, 
forests and quarries; cities filled with manufactur- 
ing and commerce. 

Then, there are the Twin Cities, with their great 
mills, markets and industries. 

Then look at the Red River Valley, lying like a 
tenderloin along the backbone of a fat beef, yield- 
ing millions upon millions of golden grain every 
year, to feed the world. 

THE PLAINDEALER 

is published in the heart of the wonderland of crea- 
tion, in the City of Grand Forks, North Dakota. 

Xo wonder it is enterprising. 

The man in the mill and factory, should know 
what the man is doing on the prairie farm. 

The man in the East, should know about the man 
in the West. By using the coupon in this book, 
there is no excuse for ignorance anywhere about 
these things. 

In all cases, you must be a new subscriber by 
mail, and cash, or its equivalent, must accompany 
the coupon when the paper is ordered. 



343 
THE AUTHOR'S END. 

If not in sight, it soon will be. 

That is, the end in view. 

The object of writing a book, is to sell it. 

As the sale depends upon what is in it, the test 
of value and success, is the contents. 

As it would take another book to explain the con- 
tents of this, without reading it, this is respectfully 
submitted. I 

Of all ideas^ my pet, is the principle of The 
Trinity. 

In all things, there are "Three in One." This is 
a universal principle. 

It is mathematical, philosophical, God-like — 
grand. 

It is a fascinating dream; it is intoxicating in 
beauty, and inspiring in nature. 

But after floating awya into the Immensity of 
Space, and taking ai plunge into Eternal Time, onei 
naturally feels exhausted and hungry after return- 
ing to earth. And as many might be so "hard up" 
as to regret spending fifty cents for this book and 
taking time to read it, the grocery coupon is put in, 
along with garden seeds^ lands, cigars and news- 
papers. 



344 

Reading this book is not intended as a simple en- 
tertainment, but a financial gain — right on the 
spot. 

If an agent was sent out to sell land, or groceries, 
or garden seeds, or cigars, or newspapers, he would 
have to be paid. 

Instead of taking commissions to myself as the 
paid agent for all these things^ they are presented 
to purchasers of my book as an Insurance Policy, 
guaranteeing success and prosperity — we must 
have prosperity. 

This publication can be had, by using the 

"WHAT I THINK AFTER THINKING COU- 
PON" 

in it. 

The price is fifty cents bound in paper. 

Beyond this, it depends upon how high you wish 
to pay for binding. 

If ordered by mail, it will be very agreeable if 
about ten cents is added for postage. It will make 
the author think he is ten cents better off. But if 
not able or willing to do this, rather than have any 
one sit in the dark or go hungry, he will pay the 
postage himself. Do I hear something drop? 



GREAT NORTHERN COUPON. 

1898. 

Land Department, 

G. N. Railway Co., 

St. Paul, Minn. 
Gentlemen : 

I have read, "What I Think After Thinking," and 
in the name of Budd Reeve, ask for such informa- 
tion as you send out in reference to Lands, Business 
Opportunities, and Homes. I am not a customer 
through any other agency. 

Yours truly, 

Name. 

Post Office. 

County. 

State. 



NORTHERN PACIFIC COUPON. 

1898. 

Land Department, • 

N. P. Railway Co., 

St. Paul, Minn. 
Gentlemen : 

Upon receipt of this coupon, please mail me such 
information as you send out in reference to Lands 
and Opportunities on your road. It is asked in the 
name of Budd Reeve. I am not a customer through 
any other agency. 

Yours truly, 

Name. 

Post Office. 

County. 

State. 



NORTHRUP, KING & COMPANY COUPON. 



1898. 



Messrs. Northrup, King & Company, 

Minneapolis, Minn. 
Gentlemen : 

After reading what Budd Reeve thinks "After 
Thinking", I find this coupon passes for 10 per cent, 
on the purchase of flour and garden seeds made 
from your catalogue. 

Please fill enclosed order. 

Credit Budd's circulating medium 

And the circulating medium of the United States, 



Yours truly, 



STERUXG 

GR&SS&CUYDt 

Seeds 



....'. Name. 

Post Office. 

. . . .County. 

State. 






"MINNEAPOLIS JOURNAL COUPON." 

1898. 

The Journal, 

Minneapolis, Minn. 
Dear Editor: 

I find, by reading Budd Reeve's book, that 

20 p, ct. Discount 

will be allowed 

to the holder of 

This Coupon 

by 

THE MINNEAPOLIS JOURNAL 

on payments made 

on account of any 

New or Paid-in-Advance 

Subscription. 

That by Forwarding This Coupon, 

together with 80c 

in Stamps, or Cash, 

I can secure The Journal 

Daily for Three Months. 

Or, One Year, for 1 3.20. 

This is the golden opportunity I have been look- 
ing for. Please find enclosed $ , for 

which send me The Journal for 

Yours truly, 

Name. 

Post Office. 

County. 

State. 



THE MINNEAPOLIS TRIBUNE COUPON. 

1898. 

F. E. Murphy, Esq., 

Supt. Tribune Circulation, 
Minneapolis, Minn. 
My dear Sir: 

In the name of "What I Think After Thinking" 
send me the Twice a Week Tribune for One Year. 
I bought Budd's book for fifty cents, and get thir- 
ty of it back by subscribing for your paper. Please 
find enclosed seventy cents to meet small balance 
the coupon failed to cover. 

Yours truly, 

Name. 

Post Office. 

County. 

i 

State. 



FARM STOCK AND HOME COUPON. 

1898. 

Farm Stock and Home, 

Minneapolis, Minn. 
Gentlemen : 

Please find forty cents with this coupon, for 
which send me your paper one year. 

This is, "What I Think After Thinking." 
Yours truly, 

Name. 

.Post Office. 

County. 

State. 



ROYAL CIGAR COMPANY COUPON. 

1898. 

Royal Cigar Company, 

241 First Avenue South, 

Minneapolis, Minn. 

Gentlemen: 

I am a "What I Think After Thinking" customer. 

Please let me have box of 

Cigars, on terms given "Thinking" customers. 

For which find f and this coupon, to 

pay for same. 

Yours truly, 

Name. 

Post Office. 

County. 

State. 



THE MINNEAPOLIS TIMES COUPON. 

.1898. 

The Minneapolis Times, 

Minneapolis, Minn. 
Dear Editor: 

Please find enclosed $ with this "What 

I Think After Thinking" coupon, for which send me 
The Times, by mail, Sunday and Daily, for 



Yours truly, 



Name. 

Post Office. 

. . . . County. 

State. 



ST. PAUL GLOBE COUPON. 

1898. 

Editor Globe, 

St. Paul, Minn. 

My dear Sir: 

"What I Think After Thinking, 7 ' gives me an 

appetite for the truth. 

Please find enclosed f and this coupon, 

for which send me the , . Globe 

for one year. 

Yours truly, 

Name. 

Post Office. 

County. 

State. 



THE ST. PAUL PIONEER PRESS COUPON. 

1898. 

Pioneer Press, 

St. Paul, Minn. 
Dear Editor: 

I am a new subscriber. Please fina seventy-five 
cents and coupon from Budd Reeve's book, for 
which send me Weekly P. P. for one year. 
Yours trulv, 



Name. 

Post Office. 

. . . . County. 

State. 



THE NORTHWESTERN PARMER COUPON. 

1898. 

The Northwestern Farmer, 

St. Paul, Minn. 
Dear Farmer: 

Please find enclosed Thirty Cents and this Cou- 
pon from Budd Reeve's book, for which send me 
The Northwestern Farmer one year. 
I am a new subscriber. 

Yours truly, 

Name. 

Post Office. 

- County. 

State. 



THE ARGUS COUPON. 

1898. 

To the Editor of the Argus, 

Fargo, N. D. 
My clear Sir: 

On account of a wave of prosperity that has over- 
taken me, from buying Budd Reeve's book, I am 
unable to keep from taking your paper. Please find 

enclosed the Argus Coupon and $ in cash, 

for which send me the for 

one year. 

Yours truly, 

Name. 

Post Office. 

County. 

State. 



THE FARGO FORUM COUPON. 

1898. 

Editor Forum, 

Fargo, N. D. 
Dear Sir: 

After reading Budd Reeve's account of the fath- 
erhood and perseverance of Major Edwards, please 

find enclosed this coupon, and Stamps, 

for which send me the Weekly Forum for 

Yours truly, 

Name. 

Post Office. 

County. 

State. 



NORTHWESTERN GROCERY COMPANY 
COUPON. 

1898. 

Northwestern Grocery Company, 

205-207 Broadway, Fargo, N. D. 
Gentlemen : 

Please find enclosed order for goods, which comes 
through, "What I Think After Thinking." 
Yours truly, 

.Name. 

Post Office. 

County. 

State. 



THE PLAIXDEALER COUPON. 

1898. 

The Plaindealer, 

Grand Forks, X. D. 
Dear Editor: 

Please send me the Plaindealer 

for one year. 

Find $ accompanying this coupon to 

pay for same. 

I want to know more about the greatness of the 
earth and the contents of the world. This is the re- 
sult of "What I Think After Thinking." 
Yours truly, 

Name. 

Post Office. 

County. 

State. 



WHAT I THINK AFTEK THINKING COUPON. 

1898. 

Budd Reeve, 

Buxton, N. D. 
My dear Prairie Flower: 

Please send me copies of your book. 

For which find $ to pay for same. 

Yours truly, 

Name. 

Post Office. 

County. 

State. 

P. S. — This Coupon will be understood by read- 
ing "The Authors End," on page 343. 
Let us sing while it is being examined. 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 



16 

INVESTMENTS IN 

1 



021 095 473 9 



V^l"' 


U^aHa 






dB 


IkS 




I ?'■•' ctHS 


wRF' ' Cr&i^^^x % 









A TRUE FRIEND 



1 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 



021 095 473 9 



